IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) /. 1.0 ISO ^^^ lU 1.1 1.25 |3j2 m 14.0 12.2 1.4 1 2.0 i.8 1.6 150mm s>yy /APPLIED js IIVHQE . Inc ^5 1653 East Main Street ^=^i Roctiester, NY 14609 USA ^^^1= Phone: 716/432-0300 .^^:^= Fax: 716/280-5989 e 1993. Applied Image. Inc . All Right* ReMrvad ^ J.\^ r\ ^\ -^^ ^ ^ v\ Xi ^^f^ ■'» 1«S> CIHM Microfiche Series (lyionograplis) ICIMH Collection de microfiches (monographies) Canadian Inatituta for Hiatorical Microraproductiona / Inatitut Canadian da microraproductiona hiatoriquaa \ \ Ttchnical and Bibliographic Notts / Notti ttchnii Tht Initituto hat antmpied to obtain tht best original copy available for filmine. Faaturtt of this copy which may be bibliographically unique, which may alter any of the images in the reproduction, or which may significantly change the usual method of filming, arc checked below. Coloured covers/ Couverture de couleur I I Covers damaged/ Couverture andommagte □ Covers restored and/or laminated/ Couverture restaurie et/ou pelliculAt □ Cover title missing/ La titre do couverture manque D D D □ D Coloured maps/ Cartas giographiques en couleur Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bicue ou noire) Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur Bound wi i Katiokai. EtKcnso asb rsTEunori i": Co., Toronto. Table of Contents. heyoai'of oar PiWFAOS, 9UM. IwrBODUCTlON, .. ,. \ •• ^^ Abbsivuxiuhh, .. '* •• xvi? Grammatical Text. PrelStsiiiaries, Lessons I.. VI. Language, Words, Grammttr.Le'tleiB,' ? Classes of Letters. .. Diphthongs and Triphthonm, ." "' ? Syllables • Parts of Speech, [' * Chapter L-Nouns, Lkhhons VIL-XXIX.* ,n ^! Noun *''-*8 Classes of Nouns, Common Noiin, '.'. [', '] " JJ Proper Noun Modifications of Nonns -Persons, '.[ J? Numbers ,-»- Genders „« 07 " «• Cases Chaptkb n.-Articles, Leshonh XXXL. XXXII ', JoJJ CuPXEn ill.-Adjectives, Lkhson. XXXIII.-XXXVI.," " ' " 50 69 Classification of Adjectives " f:„ Comparison " " ' CmPTEB IV.-Pronouna. Lkrhons XLI.-XLIV...* fJ'S Personal Pronouns, ; ^'^ Relative Pronouns, ..* [', [[ ^^'^ Interrogative Pronouns, . . ^^ Chapt.« V.-Verb., Theory, .] \[ „,jf Ji.xeroises, Lehsons XLVI.-LXXIII aa iqi DcnioUceM " "•"•'* Subject, .. . Object, -104 106 IV CONTENIS. Chaptrh \.-~ConthiHfd. ,2rt«. Attribnte, IWi Irregular VerliH, II .'I- 180 Defective " 181 Chaptkb VI.— Par*' ' Me», Lkhbon LXXIV 182 Chaptkb VII.— Adverbi, Lk. IN LXXVI 18? Chaptrb VIIL— Prepositions, Lkhhon LXXVri., ,, ., 188 Chapter IX. — Conjunctions and Interjections, Lehhox LXXVIII., .. 189 CiiAPTKR X.— Punctuation, Lkshon LXXIX., 140 CiiAPTRR XI.— Analysis 146 CiiAPTKR XII.— Parsing 149 Synoptical Tables. I — The Sentence, Analysis, 148 II.— Parsing: 162 III.— Synopsis for a General Review, 154-166 Sentences for Exercises in Analysis and Parsing, .. 163-104 Exercises on the Grammatical Text, filling in blanks, etc., under every lesson on the Orammatioal Text. Supplementary Exercises, 167-190 Literary Selections Explained. The Holy Catholic Church 6 The Violet. — Jam Taylor 18 The Grain of Wheat.— ^. T 20 Might and Kight, 28 The Will of God.-!-', ir. Fabcr, 80 TheDogand tho Cat.— W>j(//i« 44 The Pious Boy.— P 52 The City Rat and the Country Bat. — La Foiituiin; . . . . CO The Sparrow's Petition, 09 To a Distant Friend.— fi. i4., 92 The Dove. — Thomat Moore, 100 The Tear of the Church. — Mr». James SaiUifr 108 The Lily and the Rose.- W'lWmm Cowper, 117 '^1I0MI n., 106 ii:il80 lU 18S 187 IW 189 140 . 146 . 14tf ,. 148 ,. 152 164156 158.1S4 CONTENTS. its, etc., 187-190 6 18 20 28 80 44 62 CO GO 92 100 108 117 I'AIB. 12.') A Child'. W.«h Befow «, AlUr.-^. j, n„„„, .. Canadian Boat-Song.- r. /Voor«, D«ath of Chamijlain.— ^nno r. isorf/iVr, .. .'.' *' " '^'* PhTMeoIogy and CompoiiHoD come after the explanation of the Literary Selection in every Fifth Lesnon. Horn^ou. Word., the Fourth Exerci« of every Fifth Supplementary Literary Selections. I.— RELIGIOUS SUBJECTS. I—God'B OooAne%fi.~Shake$peare, ... II.-God's GreatnesH.-*. ir />,/„,• ^^ v.— God 18 Everywhere, "^ VI— The Power of Oo'. M,,;,;, '^^ L.— Heaven.— 27,o„m« .1/„,„.,, '• '»^ J86 If.— FARi.ES. XV.— The Travelers and the Bear — f\,* I ri CONTENTS. rhon. XXV.— Tha Fox and the Crow HW XXXII— The Aoorn and th« Gourd 171 XXXIV.— The Ant and the Glow-Worm 173 XLVU.— The Turkey ftnd the Ant.- -Oay 188 III. — MISCELLANEOUS. SII.—Bilenoe.— i'rcw.'i, .. .. 188 XLIX— The Maple-Tree.— A/r/i. Lcpro/iuN, 184 Outlines of Compoiitiont, 191 . Form of a Letter, 192 Subjects for Letters, 199 Miscellaneous Subjects for Compositions 200 Review Dictations 201 Miscellaneous Dictations, 205 Sioprnphical Sketches, ,, .. ., ,, ,. .. 214 PREFACE. The authors lay before the public this first volume of a series of Lessons in the English Lan«uaKe, with the hope that It may render the teaching of English more practical and mteresting than it has hitherto been. Its purport is to teach the elements of English Grammar, Composition, and Literature from a practical stand-point. The literary selections, as well as the exercises generally, are interspersed with religious passages, that the Teacher i.iay have an opportunity, even in the teaching of I^ngua^e, to give an occasional moral lesson. Due attention is also given to Geography, Hi.story, Hygiene, Natural History, etc. It is hardly necessary to add that this volume is intended for elementary classes only. In preparing the grammatical text, the standard grammarians have been freely consulted, notably Goold Brown. This special edition published for the use of Teachers, con- tains many useful hints by way of introduction, as well as throughout the work. '1 LESSONS m ENGLISH. This work consists of three courses :— H0^N RtNDV Elementary Course, << Pupil's Edition. Teacher's " \N PRtsa. Intermediate Oourse, Pupil's Edition. Teacher's " \u covjRst 0? fffiglier Course, «( Pupil's Editioa Teacher's " INTRODUCTION. I. THE TEACHING OF LANGUAGE syntax, he conjugates verbs Dracticall S , ^ V^^ '"'^^ °^ pass uVcre^tltftetl Tr/Xid T^""*' '^ •■"'<'«'' "> 2. The Teacher should nl•r^fi•• k.. « • his pupils in the study onanguagr'Sch'srbtel'nnhf'ri program requires oraf as w.l? as*™,,™ t,dtial°e?o!,re«r.' X INTRODUCTION. cises. It would be losing precious opportunities were the Teacher to limit himself to exacting perfect exercises with refer- ence only to the lesson in hand, without paying any regard to spelling, punctuation, the use of capitals, syntax, and, in proper measure, even to the dignity, elegance, and form of language. Far from being injurious to the special science which is particularly intended to be cultivated, the care thus given to language, places the pupil in a position to be more clear, precise, and accurate. Too much attention can never be given to this indirect teaching of language, which may be continued even during the recreation hours, a time when occasions present themselves to correct numy ungraramatical, vulgar, and inelegant expressions. But it is proper to remark that certain subjects afford the Teacher far more frequent opportunities than others of forming his pupils to elegant diction. The first place must be given to the reading lessons. As pupils read well only what they understand, it is important to lead the pupils of themselves to find out the meaning of the words, the clauses, that constitute the reading lesson. Moreover, it is always observed that children relate in a better tone than they read ; it is, therefore, useful to have them relate the lesson from memory, though not necessarily verbatim, before requiring them to read it in an expressive manner. No exercise is more efficacious than this to accustom them to group, to co-ordinate, and to express their ideas correctly. The lessons of History, CJeography, Religion, Object Lessons, give room for exercises of the same nature as well as subjects for composition which, annotated, corrected, and criti- cized, produce the happiest results. The following lines from an eminent educationist, the late J. S. Hart, may help to enforce the above remarks: — "(Grammar should, no doubt, be taught by text-book and in stated lessons. The parts of speech, the conjugations and declensions, syntax and parsing, must all be systematically conned, the rules and definitions be committed to memory, and the judgment exer- cised upon their application. At the same time, every recita- tion of a child, as well as all his conversation, ought to make an incidental and unconscious lesson in grammar. Only never nllow him to USf^ linrhnllf>ntr(>H an inrnrrpr*- nr nnrrroi-ni-.-.ofi^/.I expression, train his ear to detect and revolt at it, as at a dis- cordant note in music ; let him, if possible, hear nothing but essons. As INTRODUCTION, j^j Sterling, honest English, and he will learn grammar to some purpose If, on the contrary, he is allowed to recite and talk in whatever language com^s uppermost, and to hear continually those around him reciting and talking in a similar manner, he may parse till he is blind without learning 'to speak and to write the language correctly.' Banish from the nursery, the school-room, and the playground, incorrect and inelegant ex- pressions, and you do more than you can do in all other ways to preserve ' the well of English undefiled.' " But how advantageous soever this means of teaching lan- guage may be, it can never supply the direct study of principles and rules. It is, therefore, necessary that the teaching of language, which is attended to indirectly in every exercise should have its fixed hours and its special exercises. The following are the characteristics it should possess, some of which^re common to the other subjects of the school 1. The teaching of language should be prooerlv graded—Whether the Teacher descends from the rule to the example, which is commonly done with pupils already ad- vanced ; whether he ascends from the example to the rule a thing particularly recommended for beginners : he should always turn to profit the actual knowledge of the pupil to assist him to acquire more. Proceed from the known to the un- aCc't ^^^^' ^° ^^^ ^'^''^K from the concrete to the 2. The teachinjT of language should be varied.— A person deceives himself if he thinks that, in teaching lan- guage, good results can be obtained bv exercising the pupils alternately in the grammatical text and the exercises under it • mrl / f l'"!'''s are a little more advanced, in analysis,' par, ing, and dictation ; and afterwards by exercising them in sentence-building or phraseology, and lastly in composition. It s not successively, in passing from one course to another, but simultaneously and in all the courses, that the teaching Z InU ^'7r, ' '"' Tu^^ '" "' ^"'■"^ ^'"'^h impairs in nothing ^IZl f ''fv^''\ ''? ^^"^ "^"^'■^^y' "'^intains harmony among the parts of the whole. Thus without falling into con- ision monotony which conducts so easily to weariness and ciibgust, is avoided. nA ^r^ teaching of language should be active.- Neither leacher nor pupils ran remain passive. The questions INTRODUCTION. addressed to the pupils, the researches which they force them to make, the answers which they bring forward. tL TeaS explanat,x,ns,-all established between him and th^m a conttant trS^cSfl^uVer^^^ ''' ^^"'"'^^"-"^ -^^^^^ fh.Vl^ "'^ ""^ the blackboard is often indispensable to make of heSZV''.'^"^ '". '^' "^i"^' thus, besides the sense of hearing, the sight is made to assist the intelligence : the very fugitive image of objects and of words becomes fixed, and 'he attention is more easily maintained. ^ Undoubtedly, the process which founds its teaching of lan- ZT.W ^'v"''"" '"^ orthographical exercises is ve?y rVmo^e from this^ Yet. some Teachers may think that they are iJ fh^^n!" ^I'^^^f ^"g their success with their pupils by reducing the number of these, long written exercises which, in realty are less a part of teaching than a control over it but thS Teachers will soon perceive that the time is more usefully em ffiwJV''.^'r*^^ °^'' exercises properly connected! aTd followed by short written exercises of application «« t« r^ teaching of language should be so directed as to accustom the pupils to Composition.-Lan corTctlv TiTwri?:'^ '""'T^^ ^' i^ '^ «P°^^" ^"d written Sou^errls ."^ f ^^^^^^^ '^ "^^ dimply to write a dictation without errors it is to be able to write a note, a letter a ir of la"ng?ar " '''''''' '" "^'^"' ^^"^°™^^'^ '^'^'^ „ro ^* ^i*"^ '^^^""^^^ never lose sight of this principle : ortho- g aphical exercises, the study of words or lexicology, sentence- buildmg or phraseology, variety of expression, tVanspositbn mvention, literary analysis, and other such exercises are a preparation a means ; they are not the end. Facility n com portion and a proper understanding of the standard EnghTh authors are the end. The person who cannot compose who does not understand what he reads, does not know the hngurge He who knows how to compose, who understands what he ZriJ^""'"' ^ ""'''" ^'''^"^^ *''' '"■* '^" '^''''''"^ «'"' «''•'■«% 5. The system pursued in the teaching of Ian guage should be rational.-TeachingaddressedVndpaH; to the memorv. wonlH ho H»f«^f;.,» „„j .._:j _r ,H'."'^'f.''"y part,cuiarly mte ligence, good sense, reason, which should be called mto re(|uisition, «-um uc INTRODUCTION. jjij} Undoubtedly grammatical definitions and rules literarv precepts and selections should be studied; but only after ITE u ^*^ ".'^'"'^'s^^f^ o" that the pupil should remember what he has studied, at least equal care should be taken ^^e that he understands what he is obliged to retah *u^ -i^u"^"?^ r^^' ""^^^ *""e" composition is in question he pupil should be assisted in his work, he should be prevented nadnnT.!.'T;^^^''°^S'^'"^ ^°° »^"^h liberty to the iS nation to he detriment of common sense ; he should be brouS the ."nhL''.'""'"''' '° ^'''°"^'-= ^'''> '^' principalfdeas that the subject suggests ; next, the secondary ones. He should nature n? lu ^^^ ^"'^^-•ieady studied 'or according to the Is wdl 1 hi c "".T"'"r'^ '" ^.""'''°"' «^«"'d possess, sucr" thouifTf"'^ qualities which the development of sucn a thought, of such a sentiment, would requ re The better to be assured that the pupil understands the\onnecdon of Ideas and the coloring he should give them, he may often^ exce1lent"!iXor? ^"''^' '^' 5"^" '." '^'' ^^^'^ of composition, him fn?.rT- ^T'"Z^"^' ^"^ with reason, to prepare him for the subject by having him go through the literarv analysis of a smiilar subject from a good author he ^s LZthMo •'\°y' '^' P''"u^"^ appreciate^ts form an. is thu hL ?.?..! '™'^n ■' °" ^^'■^''^^ ^^«>^- '^'his imitation leaves S^inTofeT "' ''"'"'' '"^ ^"''" ""^ P^^"^"^ '^••^ ^'•°'" Whatever the nature of the composition may be, the Teacher hSls t"^' n"""' '^' ?"i"* .^° P^^P^'^ '-^ l''^" or syno^is this IS he only means of disciplining his faculties, and of fTZr' ''?""?' ;.° ^''' i"^«g•"ation^oo much Tnclined to take fuU rein in the heat of composition. 6. The teaching of language should be moral— Ihe same may be said of all the other subjects of the cur- iculum; It must, however, be admitted that few spedaltLs furnish so many occasions as language to advance ^0 a education of the pupil. Then, since^ it is pSl tnlZl^l can'hp'nn"""^"''^' v^*'^ imparting language les'sonsT'Yhere can be no excuse if great care be not taken in the choice of the exercises and the literary selections. Besides it is XIV INTRODUCTFON. a law of every good method to draw as much as possible from every siihjett for the general ediiralion of the pupils. Hence, since examples can he presented and exercises given, which develop at the same time jj;rammati( al principles, literary taste, moral and Christian sentiments, there is nothing more natural than to propose to one's self this trii)le end as the object of one's efforts. Such are the i)rinciples that inspired the i)reparation of these LESSONS) in English. « U. HOW TO USE THIS WORK. I. Grammar.— The definitions and rules of grammar should, after explanation, be committed to memory. The pupils ought to be often questioned on these principles, and the Teacher should insist on a thorough knowledge of them. In the explanations, the Teacher should :—(iV Never pass over a word or a sentence that is not perfectly understood by the pupils ; (2) Satisfy himself that the pupils have apprehended the meaning of the examples given under the definitions and rules. It is advantageous, particularly for beginners, to proceed from the example to the rule, and for this purpose to make the applica- tion by means of an oral lesson before applying the grammatical text that relates to it. By this means, the pupils will understand better and more quickly, and grammar will not appear to them too abstract. Take, for example, Lesson IX., ou tho Proper Noun. The Teacher may commence by Exercise I. and ask the following questions or others similar to them :-T. What does the word Leo designate? the word Gregory etc.? P. A person, a man. T. And the word SITw Vi,- • S''^*^'''.***'-', PA city. T. Are these words ap. phcable to all men, to all cities ? P. No : thev are applicable only to particular men called L<-o, Gregory . . . ; to particular cities which are called Dublin, Quebec . . . T. Can it b^ said that th«B« woius arc ooumiou uouns ? P. They cannot be called common nouns' because the words L«», f.'ivffory . . . Dublin, Qvehec . ar« not applicable to all men, to all cities. T. Those nouns which are preparation of INTRODUCTION. jy applicable only to such or such a man to mml. «» -«»i. * x or Buch a beiu«, are called pro.lrmuu^ \Vh^ m °*^^ * "'^y* *° ""•'^ P. A^p„.. „«„„ ,. .H. ninrr'^sttxa:-' ~^: might i»ksuohque.ti..„,.,th.toS™S--..0?S ■"'° ^"^L''" undgendeti, ,»/,».. (fli-«t Mntaioel * O' "J«tlier«on, number, »h."p,rson, number »„dSe?S hi,' P TLir,"™""""' • ^- ,"' «UUV. ,. „, .h, „me i»r«,n, numb.,. .nd'&r.tVf in.^' .t To make the explanation more striking, and the better to a very simple and practicaTme'nf ofshol^ng £ J"" 'SS exercise ought to be performed. c^ur?,;t&f^s/°ie^;rr„ifxt"i ».thm marks of parenthesis refer to the gmunnaS text^ TeachSStTon "^1 "=«»'■ "<=hl^''»n i» followed, in the leacner s tdmon, by (luestions numbered as the text. 2. Division of the Exercises.-Each lesson ircner.liv compnses three exercises, designated by the ™XTl^ •peuSl of wordr™" """">' '"" '"' P"»"'l»> "'W "» Proper ...h l™.n. who., text „,%. S,%uTur^:ai? n"^ Iltl xvl INTRODUCTION. Every fifth lesson comprises :— . J\j^ Literary Selection to be explained. This text is a.;:^dautf ''''"' '° ''°" ^'^ '^'^^' ^"^ *° -P'-" '^- word' 2 Kverches of Phrmeolo;,,, and Composition, such as deAni. ^, Uamposuion, .Mtutinn of uords, !onstrucLno} TJZ sttuly oj homophonous u-ordn, etc. ""^wes, 3. Written iSxercises.— Each exercise should be first gone through orally, at least in part. Without this p Lration the written exercise would lose some of its utility and aSon and might require too many corrections. anraction, rniuTI'^f"''"'^"*^' '""'^ pleasure in exercises in which the S L^n f i^-^ ^"'^'■^"^ ''''°"'^' then, as much as pos- sib e, be performed in a manner analagous to the plan given in the Teacher's Edition. The arrangement in col mns and paragraphs gives order and clearness to the exercise. 1 ne title of an exercise should never occupy more than one line ,n the pupil's copy. When a lesson has a genm" cTem^n:^opy''"' " ^'' *"''°°'' ''' ^^""'^' '''' • """ 4. Explanation of the Words.— The Teacher oimhf not to pass over any expression without as uring himseK^ the pupils understand it; however, it will suffice 7or them to have a general idea of the thing. Many children would be embarrassed if they had to tell ^hat a J., is s?m, none of them would be misled as to the meaning of the word Though^dictionary definitions may not generally be exa^?ed mcxSVv'^lt'is'^ n"^'* ^''r '^^^"^"^ -Lrse to the D1CTI0N.4RV It IS well, nevertheless, to ask them sometimes to give the definition of certain easy terms ; but to do so too often would be to weary them without much real profit When historical names of persons occur in the exerciser th^ P,"P'^to"p^'.!''H«y>',ed .o ge, o her a^C tTailVJ't """" f«;h«« fj,^ ? . • i provided the term is suitab e. Howpvpr tS^H^l^/Z^^:^^ ?e'ter '-' -"^ '^'» Piimself to do. In many cas^a th« «.?l2 /^ that very much is left t^ Should be developed 7 ^or a L S^''" ? '""P'^ * ^^'''J ^hich ^cepted from the pupils a? a^ Lswer Wth.T * T'^"'"*' •*"'«' ^ 'upils to give answers that mnk^ ^fVu ,* *"® Teacher requ re the ixes the attention r^^^^^^ complete B^se. This *y rely too much S^hiL norma scZT T-'" ** *^'" '^«"'''-»^- He •aratioD ; he may, perhans ^hinl hl?^ trainmg as sufficient pre- feopardized were U Cwn that he nrLa°^'*'''tl'y reputation would^ be pnpils. Still, the exp^r^nceS JjLSt SL TeioT"' ^' ^""^ ^>« Jie class-room, feels that the prXraHnn „f i ^^'^^^.' g^o^n gray in lutynevertobeomitted KSHaH°V^''°'^^J« *° incumbent Readme™ ot utterance is a maLv^->e given to make the pupils study the principal parts of the irregular verbs well. They should be -aug..t to distinguish very clearly the difference between tht preterit and the perfect participle, and the use of each. ii.iJii MiHKn Hinting np quea- INTRODUCTIOM. ' j^^ 8. Literary Selections.-Kvcry .////A /.*,.„ contain, a hterary >,eJ,'rt,ou to be analyzed a.id st.idied carefully. After the leacher has^ made the pupils rea?l; la. jometimes assist him. Underline the word or wnrri\' w»^f 'H {"'"'^Terf!'' ir n"* •• — — «■ / v -,i -« • " -. — - \- " ' .sct.li or i>u«. a uaici ^A/ vviicru mere is an omissijun. Sometimes it would be well to put only the indi- be committed Sp. Cap. dr. 1'. CA No If. INTRODUCTIOM. -j^ Mistake in spelling. ^" regard to capitals. (Jrammar. . " Punctuation. Omit the portion underlined. Insert a word. No paragraph, here. A paragraph here. exer^^'wld^ho^lcltt"//™'' "' """""'"i ""class the pupils to criiwi ' '""'" '"" P"'"''^'''- '"l"iri"(! exerdU!"" °"' '=""" » «"■ """"'l "= devoted .0 these make .he pupils read a„d^Xi,„,e :odTi^'',h!. "."„'' ""' and .hen supply .hem orally'^eforewri.i^glhe exercise "' »mfw»d* iS?^'°b; ;[?&,?"«• •""Wing .,„<„,„, ,„, inco°'„e«!r:ir^T?5ut^toti:'ruyt""^'«r- .•slTc^s;stel•-?^^i^^^^ special attention"to^he%,>dirn^'of';S'" '"^^ ^"P''" ^° P^y exercises. speiimg of the words m t.:e re^rulaV XXII I>^TRODUCTION The Teacher's Edition contains supplementary dictations taken from the exercises, as well as miscellaneous uictations. These are suitable for reviews, competitions, and examinations. Dictation containing the difficult words the pupils meet in their various text-books, such as histories, geographies, reading books, etc., should be frequently given. There is no better exercise than this to make pupils pay attention to the spelling of every word they meet. Before giving a dictation, the Teacher should read it for the pupils, and assure himself that it contains only words which they have seen, or the application of rules that they have studied. If there are any projjer names or any technical terms too difficult, they should be spelled before giving the dictation. As it is important that the pupils accustom themselves, as soon as possible, to observe the rules of punctuation and the proper use of capfitals, the Teacher ought to exact attention to these in all the written exercises. II. Analysis and Parsing.— The analysis and parsing in this Elementary Cotirse are of the simplest nature, little more being required, in the course of the regular lessons, than to point out the parts of speech with their principal modifications, and to tell the class to which a sentence belongs. After the LXXX. Lesson special exercises are given in the analysis and parsing of easy sentences. The Teacher may use these exer- cises at his own discretion. The principal object of this course is to teach the essentials of orthography and etymology, with some few hints on syntax, composition, and literature. The supplementary literary selections may be analyzed ac- cording to the models given in the fifth lessons. Synoptical Reviews.— In the reviews of the gram- matical text, the Teacher will find it of great advantage to use the blackboard, and by means of questions to draw from the pupils the items of a synopsis. For example, in reviewing the noun, questions might be jjddressed to the pupils, to draw from them the items of the following synoptical table : — INTRODUCTION. xxiii DEFINITION , d C ^ i v3 C a o Class. Person. Number. Gender. Case. ( Common. I Proper. ( First ! Second. I i;hird. Singular. Plural. I 't. V I it'regular ( Masculine. . Feminine. I Neuter. J Nominative. -, Possessive. ( Objective. The foregoing sj/mpsis groups the etymology of the noun before the eyes of the pupils. Let the Teacher, after this ex- ercise, require them to reproduce the same on their copies as a home exercise. The synoptical table given on pages 154 and 155, will be found useful for a general review of the grammatical text. ti,. Si ®— P® Elementary Conrse may be commenced by pupils in from this that language lesaons should not be given to pupils of the primary classes. The best educationists of the day agree that Ian ra'nrr"''*'''"^^"^'""?^'^^ «« ^^^ admittance toSool of the child of five or six years of age. This is done by means of oral les! the^L WW^r"' «l^«r '^'^til the children are able to write iSc them to look at an object, and then to say something about it. Object lessons are a powerful means of promoting this exercise. Oral conjugation, as well as the distinction between common and geSZmbi^PU"'^°'"°T' *^« comparisonof adSves; the fr« „/^ 5^ ' *«•! P«»-«on ?f pronouns, the reason why pronouns are used; and even the use of capitals, are all very useful exercises a«„* ®''°'^^\°\^'*®,^,"PP'y*"« o* W"''.".,. . •Vr^'^'"^."*"^' ^.^»Wt, April. Mail.. Tun" t..,.. months oflheyear.^'"""'""''^'"'''^''^'-'^""^*'-. ^^e the names" of" th'e arX^y'2?:'^-«---^«'*-*-i>^-«.e.--Iaa,. thou art. heis; we are. you 2 Lesson IL— Letters: Vowels and Consonants. 9. Letters are divided into two general classea, voweh and conwmhti. 10. A Vowel is a letter the name of which makes a perfect sound when uttered alone ; as, a, e. The vowels are a, e, i, o, u, and some- times w and y. 11. A Consonant is a letter which cannot be perfectly sounded without the aid of a vowel ; as, b, m, $. The consonants are h, c, d,f, g, h,j, k, I, m, n, p, q, r, «, t, v, x, z, and sometimes w and y 12. IV or y is a consonant when it is before a vowel sounded in the same syllable ; as, yreight, you. 13. JT or r is a vowel when it is not before a vowel sounded in the same syllable ; as, law, lay. 14. A Silent Letter is a letter that is not sounded ; as, p and I in psalm. 16. An Initial Letter is the first letter of a word ; as, 6 in boy. 16. A Final Letter is a letter that ends a word ; as n in pen. ?; ^^ ^P7^ ""^"y general classes are letters divided ?— 10. What is a Vowel ? -a What Is a Con6o-iant?-12. When is W or "« a consonant ? -IH When is W ?ir ^^?Y®' ^^^-i^y^*.* *S * ^"«°* Letter ?-15. Whai is an Initial Letter ?- 10. Wnat is a Final Letter ? Oral Exercise.— What is w or 1/ in the following words: Winner, c; anv.v you, «.; now, v.; owe, v.\ water, c— Name some of the silent letters in this lesson" —Some pt the lutttal Istters.— Home of the ^(irtUcttecs.— Write on your slates the initials of your name. ' >"o.to!> ^°'?'t/*'****J* °f P^oP^ names should be capitals, and there sJiould be a period after each. I. Vowels.— Tell the number of vowels in each word of this section. A$k also the number of consonants. Class, 1. College, 3. Teacher, 3. Pupil, a Companion, 4. 2. Attention, 4. Obedience, 5. Politeness. 4. Cleanliness, 4. Order, 2. Grammar, 2. Geography, 4. Dictionary, 5. Catechism, 3. Arithmetic, 4. 4. Ball, 1. Marbles, 2. Lacrosse, .S. Top, 1. Bat, 1. II. Sentences to be completed.— Tell by whom the objects named are made.— W/jen the exercise is Jinislied, g^ over it orally in inverse order. 1. Caps and hats are made by the hatter Coats and vests are made by the tailor. Boots and shoes are made tiy the shoemaker. 2. Wooden houses are built by the carpenter. Dooro and windows are made by the joi»i«n Locks and keys are made by the locksmith. 3. Pancakes and fritters are made by the cdbk. Tarts and pies are made by tl.e confectioner. Pills and druge are prepared by the apothecaries. i. Clocks and watches are made by the watcli-makcr. Guns and pistols are made by the gunsmith. Bowls and pitchers are made by the potter, III. Underline the words that contain four consonants.— A class- room contains a crucifix, a teacher's desk, puinh' desks, chairs, black- boBTds, maps, books, copies, Inkstands, pens, pencils, rulers, models Oral Coniugation.— 2«^tca«t>« Frumt.—I have, thou hast, ho has ; we have you have, they have. msonants. il sounded in the ; as, p and I in rite on your slates there sJwuld be a d of this section. , he has ; we havo, Lesson III. -Diphthongs and Triphthongs. as. a« it StffrSC,? combination of two vowels in one syllable ; ble! aB.iI?f.Stu"f, t^: ,:j^!''"^"°" "^ *'-- -wels in one sylla- .^-iJJeSr. '^"'^ *"^'''*^""^« -« ^-''1«'J -to two classes. are'sUdSTaYof iKjr^J in n^w'*'^^"^ ^" "'^"^'^ ^**^ ^'^^ --^« is sL^i';Tn?iPa!ff';f?f ,;;«^ -»>'^^ »>"* «- vowel or ?^^t^?= :!;?sSf ; t^^is^;^^„t jfit?- °- 23. What is an Improper Triphthong V +1, *• i"t^f^*^ ^^^^^y °'' ^y '"^^ns of the letters pdAd-nt it «,hot»,«« the diphthong or triphthong contflin«i iT, *t ''^j '• ' ^"®*"®' 1. Ounce, Voice, Moat, Sound, Kat, ..„. Breath, i.d. Boy, p.d. p.d. p.d. i.d. p.d. i.d. . Hloat, May, Cow, Pie, Pew, Bow, Boil, i.d. i.d. p.d. i.d. i.d. p.d. p.d. ■ Quoit, Awe, Allow, Youth, Kye, Owe, Our, p.i. i.t. P,d. i.d. i.t. i.t. p.d. i. Beauty, i.t. View, i.t. Thaw, p.d. Plough, p.d. Oath, i.d. Vow, p.d. Buoy, p.t. -«^;,. m" * *° ^^ completed.- Tell what the persousnamed sell -f^veihemmc e.terc,He oral hj inverting the order • as BeT^^^lTh,'. whom ? Beefia sold by the butcher. ' ' ^ * "^^ ^ 1. The butcher sella beef. The bakgr sells bread. The provision merchant sells /lowr. 1 lie stationer sells paper. 2. The haberdasher sells thread. The wine merchant sells liqmr. The brewer sells beer. The huiterer sella fruit ^- The bookseller sells books. The grocer sella tea. The draper sells dot/i. The confectioner sells pies. *■ ,T!^^ ('"Ufigist sells medicine. J- J>e Kardeuer sells M uoe. The farmer sells hay. The peddler sells buttons. fr.S.,?^*'^ °?'^ ""^ ""*^<''" ♦'^e diphthongs and two lines und^r fl,» from the LSi/ii«:^;,u^*"(°? ^^11^-^11"°'*? /P^-TJ^e .^eaZ (i) ffll wharf.-VVehad a-deHghi?uV^/Kwl)7rom [L" m^^^^^^^^ <'^ " * we°e?lhe°ylTe"°""-'""*"''''''''* ^'"'"I ^'^«- «'0" ^vast, ho was we were, you 4 Lrrson IV.— Syllables. 24. A Syllable is one or more letters pronounced in one sound ; as, a, ajit, a-far. A syllable may be either a word cr a part of a word. 25. A Monosyllable is a word of one syllabic ; as, man, he. 26. A Dissyllable is a word of two syllables ; as, man-hj, lic-ro, com- mand. 27. A Trisyllable is a word of three syllables ; as, laan-U-nem, he-ro- If, com-mand-ing. 28. A Polysyllable is a word of many syllables ; as, he-ro-i-cal, he- ro-ic-al-ly, not-with-ataud-ing. 29. There are as many syllables in a word as there are complete sounds. 30. When a word is to be divided, the letters of a syllable should not be separated ; and a hyphen is used at the end of a line to show that the rest of the word not completed is at the beginning of the next line. „ ^fiVH?*i^ «?i?"x*'?''*'^^.^*y,* syllable be .a word?-25. What is a Mono- syllable ?-20. What IB a DiRsyllable ?-27. What is a Trisyllable ?-28. What is a Polysyllable ?-29. 'How can the number of syllables m a word be distin- guished?— .» What IS the rule for the division of a word when there is not room on the line on which it is begun ? I. Syllabication.— Indicate orally or by means of a figure the num- ber of syllables in each word of this section. I. Cit-y, £d-i-flce, Street, Kiv-er, Foun-tain, Pave-ment, Mu-se-um, 2. a. 1. 2. 2. 2. Ar-my, Oen-er-al, Cap-tain, Ban-ner, Sword, 8a-ber, 'J. 3. 2. 2. 1. 2. 1. U-ni-ver-Bi-ty,5. Dec-o-ra-tion ,i. Coun-try, Mead-ow, Cot-tago, Oak, Beech, Elm, Birch, Ma-X)le, 2. 2. 2. 1. 1. 1. 1. 2. 4. Rad-ish, Bean, Sal-ad, Pars-ley, Thyme, Cel-er-y, Cu-cum-ber, 3. Pump-kin, II. Sentences to be completed.— Tell who uses the article named. — The exercise may he given orally in inverse order. 4. The whip is used by a driver. The brush is used by a painter. The rake is used by a gardener. 5. The anvil is used by the blacksmith. The awl is used by a shoemaker. The gun is used by a huntsman. 6. The thimble is used by a tailor. The trowel is used by a mason. The spur is used by the horseman. 1. The saw is used by the carpenter. The plough is used hye, farmer. The file is used by a locksmith. 2. The razor is used by a harher. The plane is used by a. joiner. The probe is used by a surgeon. 3. The pel. ..s used by a writer. The siokle is used by a reaper The oar is used by a rower. ■ n R""*^ °"^ ^*"® ""^®'" *^® -issyllables and two lines under the trisyllables.— The cactf/wZ piy)i7 allows nothing to r>n astray; his books are ci^ausified orderly in his desk ; he keeps his penholders and pencih TooKTHER ; he does not blot his copies or books or.paper with ink • and his person is neat. ' h^'^*he°haf **'*'" "'^"'^'"**"'* Prt**.-! had, thou hadst, he had ; we had, you >. What is a Mono- lableV— 28. What is I a word be dlatiii- d when there is uot a figure the num- 4. Bad-ish, 2. Bean, 1. Sal-ad, 2. Pars-ley, 2. Thyme, 1. Cel-er-y, 8. Cu-cum-ber, 3. Puinp-kin, 2. le article namecl. y the horseman. Lesson V. Literary Selection for Explanation and Study. ' The Holy Catholic Chuboh. I'll never forsake thee, I never will be My Faith .„d n,y cCX ZlA^TZZi'"""- A tathoho hve, i^i » catholic die r ' Be th,. my life-, watchword, at deati my ,.,t ory ^ ' more gifts than from sm and apostasy flow. 1. Personages.* Time and Place, Words and Actions, Literary Analysis. ^ /I. Wliat does the Catholic say in th« fi. * stanza ?~i/e ««»« //,„., / 7^^. '''^® S^^st What does he say in the second stanza 9 tr had ; we had, you I where the event oocmiL?i^t^i"'i^",*^»i'''> "'o PersoiiiJled in « /^"* *'"" ^^Wer 3. BbhUIjT. Moral. Literary Analysis. What is tlio result the Catholic expects from his firm attachment to his faith "l—He expects God will he hh reward. What lesson does this piece impart to children ? —■Firm attachment to the Faith of Holy Church and patient endurance of the temporari/ nuffer- rngs and losses such attachment may s'ometinm entail. 1 2, 3. 4. 5. (>. 7, 8. !). 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. of the Questions and Suggestions. What Church is the Church of the Saints l-The Church Saints IS the Catholic Church. ^^^ad*^^/"''"''^"'"'''' '^"^"'"P^" wlM pretend to befriends, but give bad How does /ort«m. frown^-When people do not get on well i;. the world by becoming rich. What Faith is referred M^The faith of the Catholic Church. Who were the martyrs of old }~Those who suffered death rather than renounce the Catholic religion. What is the meaning of Catlmlic 'i— Universal or qeneral What 18 the meaning of watchword 1-A pass-word, or a word bu w/Mcft a person is known or tohich lie often uses. What IS the meaning of forfeit ?—To lose. By what other names is Jem known?— Our Saviour, our Lord, Secom Person of the B. T., Messiah, Son of David, Son of Man, oon oj (jroa J 1 By what other names is Mary known ?~B. V. M., Motfier of God, our Lady, Star of the Sea, dx., d-c. *' ' What is a gift ?— yj thing given as a present. yfn&tiBapostasy?— Desertion from one's faith. What IS the opposite of advantage ?— Disadvantage. do«S ''""^^y "^^'^Jy *'»e same meaning as bestow 7-Qive, Why does the author say that : " —Jesus and Mary will surely bestow More gifts than from sin and apostasy flow ?" Because the consolation enjoyed by fidelity to one's faith and the re- ward in store tn the world to come, are more valmble than the per- ishable goods of this ivorhl. ■* IC. How many vowels are there in each word of the first line 7~ru iv. I bT,u ^^' ' •''"'''"*''' ^^' ' *'"'* ^^'' ^' ^^' • "^'""■' 2^- ' «"■"• 17. How many syllables are there in each word of thfe first and second lines of thethird stanza?-!, la.; may, Is.; lose, Is.-, some. Is.; ad-van-tage, 33. ; and, la.; for-feit, 2s. ; some, Is. ; gain. Is • / Is • rriiiii, IS.; incei, is.; with, Is.; un-kind-ness, Ss.; and. Is.; suf-fer 2fl • syiiabicatiiu!)"' *'' ^^^'^ '^'^''''' '""^ ^'^" ''"'"'' ^Ti^vL^ on Questions and Suggestions. , apostasy, i.Jl'Sl^X' ' ' •^"""' ^""^ "'"• ^c; and. 2c.; 1., «>/«Mr()/« • I9fh J HO'ection.— 3rd 1.,/rown; y appears, it is avotveL ' '■^"'' '" ''"''y """" '» «''"«/» 21. Name the final letters in each wor<^ nf fi. > k*u i^ 22. Nan,e the wordB of the ofrfineTn whS et lint T advantaqe, some. wmon e la silent.— Lo«e, «ome, 23. NXethe-wordji H^ .^ ^^^ piece.-lst ... boast, 1.; - »»«.'/, i.; /<"•/«<, I. ; gain, i.; ipth 1 may i '^,Z i ' ■ .'" "^^' **! uSns^oV*prf.r';',^!;!:t1^«^^^^^^ r;""Xr^^ f ^"«'*"« *« «'ve review iifo«/.er o/God. ■ Exercises in Phraseology and Composition. bestow ? — Give, brL£lrer:SeofTr' ""«^' ~"''"' ^^-'=^'-' necklaces,' and .-5. Shoes belts, hirne^a Trunks f„r?vi?^^' ""^ """^^ °^ P^P'''- 6. Towels, napkina sheets ih/rt^^ vfises are made of ;e««/,«,.. Mien. ^ ' ^^®*^' ^*^''^*«' ««"ars, and cuffs are made of 7. Snuff-boxes, combs, buttons, and 8p.x,ns are made of horn. . Tho M'/wfe lives in the sea. Th" mivHivf^a in h!„ -r, 111 the tvirth. The bhod-sm-ker ]iZ» l\ "^"''^^, ^'^*« '"'''^ "ves lives in the field. Tir*.^ H^esYn th« fn^''^^^. ^''« Urass-hopper trees. The /,«» lives in the farm-.^^rd °"^^ The .««,>rWlivei in 8 Phraseology and Composition. g n Italics. PtrPiL s Edition : Toward* ymr parent, be respectful Be respectful toward, your parent,. Be obedient to ymr teachers. Hhow respect to your tuperiors. Be condescending toicards your inferiori Be courteous ta«,«rd« your iompa^Z ' Be polite toM>ar -^""Jhw, tuiool, 32. What iB ft Noun? I. Nouns.- if the. noun ia 1. Orasfl, t. Hhepherd, p. Prairie, pi. Lion, a. Collar, t. B. Oaardian.p. Hen, a. Btiok. t. Montreal, pi. Pastor, p. Indicate orally, or by meana of the letters p a nl t the name of a person, an animal, a place, or^a thin^J: ' ■ Turf, t. mn, pi. King, J). Crown, t. Chaniplain, p. General, p, Soldier, p. Bword, t. Lance, t. Captain, p. >■ Helmet, t. Fla«, t. Wood, t. Huntsumu.j;. Load. t. . (iame, t. Pigeon, a. Forest, pi. Hound, a. Armory, pi. 7. Powder, t. I"'liu. t. Haker, p. Kiln, it. Ax, t B. Butcher,!). Knife, e. DoK, a. Htove, t. Oven, t. .wL^trw^Sfc^^InJjet^Z'*^^^^^^^^^^ "- ^^^-"^ — i-ert The LaureutideB are a chain of mountains ?n Canada. a. The capital of Ontario is Toronto '- f^tpl^PpZr^r'^Z'tX''- «^^'-" Of catholicity. Newfoundland is an island of Nortli America. *• m\^^ Severn Kiver is the outlet of Lake 8iin,.n„ Vht nZl^' P' Canada is very health? ^''""°''' The Ottawa >b a river that empties into the St. Lawrence. III. Underline the nouns that arA rha - r Teacher nu,y also a.lc the^^piut ^ol^m^T^f animals-^e thinoK-HorseH run quickly. - Jn/zreHi^d Z.JVi?'r/-^^'''"'''''"' ««'' chase }uu-e. and -/«/'-r.^.-The r/oWs^^^ appears to be courageous, but flies at tCTeast s?rnf Z^^ '"'n?,'2' and the cat climb trees.-A^Sl'S^ ^Z^^^^^^^'^y Oral Conjugation.— lH*(C(t«wiJe,./e(,<_T .,-„„ ,,„,, ., had; we have had. you have had, they liaveK "'^* '"*'^' ''" '^'^s Lesson VIII. -Classes of Nouns.-Common „ Nouns. S3. There are two genera! claHses of Nouns tlip rnmm«» m and the Proper Noun. Common Noun 34. A Common Noun in the name of a cUs« of beingn or thin-m • as H, cou>, country, „u>untain; hoys, ,-ou., cnuntrie., mou,LJ ^ ' 33. How many claHse« of Nouns are there?^S4. What Is a Common Noun? occurs insert I. Common Nouns.—Indicate orally or bv meanH nf iu^ i..** p., .f the noun is the name of an animal or a^pkn?. ' ''"-" "- The lizard, a. The vino, p. The elephant, a. The viper, a. The gooHel)erry- buflh, p. The cabbage, «, The lark, i! ^ The ourrant- buBh, ji. The onion, p. a. Tlie radisli, p. The reed, w. The fly, a Tlie turnii), p. The cauliflower, P- 4. The caterpillar. The stag, a. The reindeer, a. The butterfly, rt. 5. Too., p. The nettle, p. The eel, «. Licorice, j>. and a medical mixture. The whale, a. 6. The trout, a. The cod, «. The Biiarlt, a. Jalap, p. 7. (favlic, p. Hiiddock, a, Maatiir, a. Oyster, a. Hoxwood, p. 8. The njackerel,n. The brier, p. The hawthorn, p. ofanalfimSf"*"'*'^*^*''"^''^**^*'- -*'•" "» t^e blank with the name ' ||l fer^'^lld"tY."?„rk^^M^;;s''rat« "• tI!*' n'"'** *';'* ."'^^ ««» can carry heavy loads "*■ 3!l!^ ^en and the tMcfrei/ are farmyard binlH Th« bf ^"^ V'.°, ^^^ *»•" lal^orious^al d dili^ont riie hawk and the owl are birds of prov The vulture and the eaala are very larj:; birds of prey Plutina is heavier than /''-^-^/...^.V^-^mnlJi.ly^JS;;;^^- r and zuu^.-Pewter consists chiefly of Si . --..v.. .,».n,n ,c(„, Jlrmx 18 a mixture of ,v,;,^^, ^^a z,nc.-i also called tin.-^To teSpSr^Lt Srt^lt^l^ii* I'! -^^I. - ^^^.....umaKc ni^,a.r.-BeU.nu^tal is a mixtTire of ;i^;;''ai;d"./;;: " Lesson IX.-Proper Nouns. 36. The first letter of a proper noun should be a capital. i^avio^olomou. C.-JeruBalem, Baby>3n. Niniv^Nazafsodom ' ^°'^'' Sorel.c-. Guelph.f. S^«eo»-yP. Edward, i,. New York, c. ajid Madrid, o. »««<«. Paris, c London,©. James, p. A^^'-^., 4. Edinburgh, c Alexander, p. JoFepli, p Kni«ston,c. Bait ino?e, o. McGee,p. Andrew, ». Charlottetown,c Annelp'-^- Quebec, c. and Francis.ij river. °An«w'^- 8. Elizabeth, p. Augustus, p. Buffalo, c.*^ Hr,^«l "i"- Halifax c. Co^r"'"'"- Winnipeg, o. Mar^'^et.p. ^ILtlC^^'^- a. bi."""*" """^-Find the name ot . fe«,t-d., to „p,.« ,k. On the 8tl. oi December the Churclho.mr«^ °/ ^'^^ M°«* Bl«««ed Virgin i he 2nd of November is AU-Soula-Day. ^ ^ ^^^^ Blessed Virgin. III. Underline the nouns thaf ts. mountains. -The 67,««,"°" drains ^f the names of rivers and -The Saonenay flows fom Lake St Tnlf' ^ "r''''*^'*' ^"^ ^''Vis the water-shed^ between the Atlant; l^Al^^^^,^^'^^^"'''"< ^'"'"^ /«a«.i8thehighest peakof theS 1^ / /^ ^^"""""W/.-i/ow,/* of the peaks of thef//L«wi ^ the 1,/^f f "' ^'?''?''^ (29,002 ft.), one surface of the globe.-Th? ^ and h^^/f ''T'^^'^^ Point on the m Europe.-The ^ m«.o«1s thf laralt r^v^^ "^e West rivers Afo«»<««., extend from the Arctif ,•.„«;; ^S^^^taZa^'^^^i^^^:'^;:^'^:^^ bad. thou had.t had, he ividual, or peo- ^ tal. per Noun be^n? Ave designating ye, Noe, Moses, sodom. indicates the Hpperary,c.a»Mi county. Francis, p. Theresa, p, fome, c. 'atriok, p. ingola, p. lizabeth, ». uffalo.c. 'alifax, c. '^innipeg, c. t.Tolin, c.aHdp. irtharine, p. replace the [Magi, ration by the tidlemaa. ted. I'sday. ersons. rainent. essed Virgin ':!onception ot essed Virgin, rivers and and Levis. antes form pi. — Aloutit M)2ft.),one int on the west riverH The ItiHk;/ e Pyreuei'K l:it had, be 10 15 Lesson X. Literary Selection for Explanation and Study. The Violet. Down in a green and shady bed, A modest violet grew ; Its stalk was bent, it hung its head, As if to hide from view. And yet it was a lovely flower, Its color bright and fair ; It might have graced a rosy bower. Instead of hiding there. ^ Yet there it was content to bloom, In modest tints arrayed ; 'irr*^®™ i* sJied its sweet perfume, Within the silent shade. Then let me to the valley go. This pretty flower to see ; ' That I may also learn to grow In sweet humility. 13 —Jane Taylor. Have the selection read, and require an oral statement of its contents. Literary Analysis. 1. Pkksonaoes. What is spoken of in this selection 7-A violet TiMK AND Place. Where did the violet grow ?-/„ « ,aUey,in a sliadu bed, " Within the silent shade." (12th Hne?) Words and Actions. i 3 3. Result. MoRAXi« ^'il?,^«7/°'1 ? beautiful flower ?-/«« color is hnnh andjair, and it mi,,ht have qraced a ["alley.''''' ""''"'^ '^'"'^'"'^ ''" ^""''y '■« '''« Was it content in the valley ?—r,.« .- u was Stlhair'^ '*' *"""' ^^'■•^"'"^ "'*''"■" '*^ What does this piece on the violet show?— J< be as beautiful in a place in which it is not ..Lu-,, aeen as in u rich puik or yarden. i^^^\tT^ T^}^ ^^''''"«** ^'•o'n this little 1 ^Zr"Tf'^y- . (^^••^ *he pupils may { be re«i. The Lord be ylorified. Pure hearts are fiappt/. Thp fa • h ^ t'le angels was terrible. The IrSn''^ Abraham was ad,nirabl^ 1 be patience of Job was .f/reaf. ♦ Exercise on Homophonous Words. IV.-l. Arc. Ark. Aught. Ought. 2. Auger. Augur. Bad. Bade. 3. Bail. Bald. Bale. Bawled. 4. Ball. Bard. Barred. Bawl. ab^ert.''" ''^^'^ •'"""^^ '^'''' » «-*aWe word taken from the 1. An arc is a part of a circle. Noe built an «;•/.•. If you have auyht against me, you onyht to tell me i. Samuel began to bawl when the teacher took his bnJl OsBian was an Irisli hord ^ "**"• Who barred the door ? V. Write ten lines or more about the Schooi- you attend. 16 T,EssoN XL-Modifications of Nouns.-Persons. .rl\ ^'"^°"^ '" Grammar, are modifications that distincuiBh th« speaker or writer, the person or thing addressed and fJ? thing spoken of. aaaressed, and the person or 38. There are three persons ; the First, the Seco,^, and the Third. 39. The First Person denotes the speaker or writer- as "J Al*, ander, comnuitid this." writer , as, /, Alex- »™w]S^r.»s l.^s=;fi^.«A-. s;K!3f.°iCTte'- *• RaisiuB, t. Boad, t. Godfather, p. Grass, t. Diamond, t. ■ •— "> f Godmother, p. naSed^'"**'"'^*'' **» ^ completed. -Tell the color of the object I. Graaason,p. a. Substitute.torp. 3. Alexander.^. ro-4el, t. UncTe "• *' School, t. ' *' Grandfather,i>. Cousfn^i Hospital, t. iHtlimai.t. ^ Bath «'*• l^®?'*^' *•• Grandmother,^ «,%. TZ^.p. 1. Milk is white. Grass is (/ree«, Blood is red. Jhe sky ia blue. Sulphur is yellow. 2. The lily is white. Gold is yellow. Silver is white. Lead is grayish. The shamrock is green. 8. Coal is black. The orange is yellow. Ivory is wfttVe. Cherries are red. Ivy is 0reen. 4. Straw is i/eJtou>. The Bwan is white. The canary is yellow. The crow is black. Snow is wAito. command you.— lamec '2» r^ml^ tT P"??n.— I, your teacher (1). --Tell theLys (3)TcoS S^^^TST? S^ ^^^ ^ ^^"^^'"g? falsehood (3) -^he father (3) knd h^s ^S'nl ^^1^*"*,*. ^'"'^ *« *^°'d the green kelin (8)._Tell S^aLue? (3) toTuVy tess^Sl'jSJ^ *^'^°'^«*' *e"Siint/ou"S?ir^^^^^ Shall be, thou wUt be. he will be; -Persons. iistinguish the [ the person or id the Third. as, «< J, Alex- addressed; as, I." spoken of; as, 13 ara there?— Tho Third? a person or liisins, t. oad, t. odfather, p. rase, t. lainond, t. }dmother, p. the object low. I. :er those of teacher (1), you going? ou to avoid ig through be will be; Lesson XII—Numbers. „ J/pSt""' '" "'"""""■■ ""■ "«""«"«"' thai dWi„„„i.h unity 43. The.. .„ t„„ „„„b,„, ^^ ^^^^^ ^^^ ^__^ ^^^^^^^ Plural of Nouns — Wriho i\.^ Write the nouns in the plural. 1- Kather, Mother, Uncle, Aunt, Brother, 2. Sister, Niece, Fathers. Mothers. Uncles. Aunts. Brothers or Brethren. Sisters Nieces. *i»u«./o, £i'iece o^!jf5l\*'"' (^"'IMhers. Teacher, y'^MnotiUrs. Teachers. 3. Patron, Benefactor, Citizou, 5^oninanioa, Cousin, 4. Heir, Stranger, Comrade, Friend, Master, Patrons. Benefactors. Oittzens. Companions. Cousins. Heirs. Strangers. Comrades. Frienils. Masters. jj — •oKor, Masters. name STfhSf|. *° ""^ «=°">Pleted. -Where the dash occurs insert the \Bi^icL\°^tel-e-ade^^^^^ v»..j T ""^^o'l^^eia are mado nt iV< KnvkH And tiles are made of clav ~ Ot itUGS ftllrJ »>d/7,w„ -. , „ J '''*y.' ) made of bronze. "..v,„,a„a CTieg are mad Alr.at*a nH.3 ^.t^j * Hl*„Tke^"card^';^ '"ade °^ '«-'•»"«■ Cents and l^utZ.T.T^^iJ o'iTp'plf Th"»e?^^^^^^ urniture.-.ie,v,,,, irooA«, ^] ^^^^^I^^^Z^:^^^l^o, thon .iit have, he wi„ i8 Lesson XIII.— Plural of Nouns. 47. Nouns ending in ch Boffcl, o preceded by a consonant « s, »h,x or z form their plural by adding es to the singular ; as, match ZTJaitT' '""'""'■ ™' "•""^'- "^"^ "-''^"^ *-• ^-; 47. How is the plural of nouns that end in ch, o, s, ah, x, or z, formed ? .4/.^?.*^?./^ ^^^^^^^ P'"^^' «^ *^« nounB.-iJ«,„.. „. 1. Bench, Torch, Porch, Mass, Mess, Oas, a. Marsh, Sash, Atlas, Qasb, Ouess, Beach, Benches. Torches. Porches. Masses. Messes. Oases. Marshes. Sashes. Atlases. Gashes. Ouesses. Beaches. 3. Fox, Quiz, Fuss, Tax, Search, Lass, 4. Trench, ' Ijash, Wish, Fish, Inch, Church, Foxes. Quizes. Fusses. Taxes. Searches. Lasses. Trenches. Lashes. Wishes. Fishes. Inches. Churches 5. Potato, Folio, Bay, Peach, Valley, Pianos. 6. Echo, Grotto, Tomato, Volcano, Came J, Potatoes, Folios. Bays. Peahes. Vail IS. Pianos. Echoes. Orottoea. Keys. Tomat es. Volcanoes. Cameos. II. Sentences to be completed. -Add a plural noun. 1. Chairs, desks, and benches are the principal furniture of class-rooms ''IverTet*' °' '"'^«'-*'-««. « bolster, pillows, sheets, blankets,' and a A ?r?e\1rrSo1?a«k! rnlra^ftir^^^''^'^"- •'^^P*-«> "^"^ "-'''«'«• ^ A tLwe^oioH^i^o^S ™**"'P''"8'.'' "^ial, and hands. ^ **''ont°dinirte' ^P"""-^' '°'^'' «>*««-. <"»«ters, Mives. are to be seen '^''/^^tXirCZ^^^^^ -"« or partitions, the A Chan- has legs, a back, and Vmj,^,* "'"'*'°'*'«- HaS-i^«!Sl'ai/Ki°^"!.^ii?'irc^^^^ -e the atlases.- inches.-Re visits the iro^J* -ChastisHL ^f beeches,~-M^rk the come ?-He fears the ^j,«xel'-Digth^^^^^^^^^^ fe;^^'.?. ^^',^''''' The masons are building the aS^-oSmk" ?b«1 ; w^ '"'''^*'- aT^L^^hCK--^^^^ i. Ch soft niodus not sotnided k ^^^u>^:SXX^^^^,^^r^, S, S« «» o preceded by a I. — Require tJie Lesson XlV.-PIural of Nouns. J, I. Plural of Nouns.— Write 1. Day, Amy, liady, Ply. Valley, Fancy, 2. Duty, Balcony, Chimney, Enemy, Monkey, Bay, Days. Armies, Ladies. Flies. Valleys. Fancies. Duties. Balconies. Chimneys. Enemies. Monkeys. Bays. or spell the plural of the nouns. I n. Sentences to becomoleted —Pin will complete the'sense ^ '" 8. Henry, Emily, lenk Century, Bounty, 4. Journey, Sky, Key, Study, Beauty, Booby, Henries. Emiltes. Boys. Pennies. Centuries. Bounties, Journeys. Skies. Keys. Studies, Beauties. Boobies. in the blank with a word that 1. aoth is made of wooi. .„ i Wicks of candles are made of cnttm, ?„ ^ *'® ^^^ ol paper. Twme Is made of hemp '' £**?,« *«■« made of steel Bread is made ot flour ^*'l^ **"e made of iron Cents are made of copper ^^oel^s are made of gold. Knives are made of steel. Linen is made from flax. 3. Chains are made of iron. tjheese is made of milk. Wine is made from grapes. Butter 18 made from milk Pesks are made of wood. Mattresses are made of hair. bai 8 are made of canvas Candles are made of tallow. 6. Paper is made of roffs. M«^^l*^^ ™*'*® o' leather. Matches are made of wood and ,«i Armies consist of mei7. [JC — — .»vv,. „„„. U)/lMy. boys ^~ ^^^ the^.-.,_The admires the beauty of the?S^/^Th«""T^^" ***«' *^« fire.-He She has eaten the Lies-Q^eU^eliTA ^''^^^^rom Africa.- a ways yield to your /a«crV7~Have vn„ -^^ 'oy^.-You should. not ao Lesson XV. Literary Selection for Explanation and Study. Thk Grain of Wheat. Two young inlmbitants of an island in the Pacific Ocean once foimrl a gram of wheat on the deck of a ship lately arrived from l^urope. "Wheat, undoubtedly, is a very useful Sant" bh^ 5 t'/f'IT^r^ •*'"* ^l^-** '« theusYof 'oneg?a"nV' and 6 he disdainfully threw it away. His more economical comDan ion hastened to pick it up. The same evening he" anted uTnd" bestowed upon it the most assiduous care. The first harvest produced about a thimbleful; the second, a cupful and Sr the third, he distributed some grains among his friends Aftei 10 wards, he not on y gathered in abundant harvests, bui he had the honor of introducing into his country a production that made a fortune for himself and his fellow-countrymen Thus h 19 that those who do not allow themselves to be discouraeed 1 '5 ^ilT ?^ *^^ ^"y"^"" .°^ "*»^y «'• "^« l«ng expectatiW their 15 productions, arrive at immense results.— J '/•. Have the selection read, and require an oral statement of its contents. 1. Personages. r Woims AND Actions. Literary Analysis. Who are the speakers in this selection ?—riPo youufi inhabitants of an inland in the Pacific Ocean. •' Time AND Place. Where does the conversation take place ?-0« board of a ship lately arrived from Europe. 1. What did the youths find?— TAew found a o ttt/"™",'.^'' '"''^'^ ""■ *''" '^«<^^ of the ship. 2. What did the older of the two my f— Wheat ts a vei-y useful plant, but toliat is the use of one grain ? 3. What did the wiseacre then ^—He disdainfulhi threw It away. •' 4. What did his younger companion after ?—«^e immediately j)icked it up. What did he with iil-He planted it, and bestowed upon it tlie most assiduous care. How much did it produce the first and the second h&rvest?~It produced a thimbleful the first liarvest; a cupful, tlie second. ' What did he after the third harvest?— He distributed some .jrains among his friends. What were the results of this youth's industry? Abutulant hawests, and the Iionor of introduc- ing into the country this most userul grain which made a fortune for himself and his jellow-countrymen. What lesson does this piece impart to youth?— I fiat economy and industry are always rewarded with abundance. 5. 6. 3. Result. MoRAi. 1. 2. Questions and Suggestions. 21 3, 4. 5. 6. 7. 8 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 1». 20. 21. 22. 23 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. it out on the map ) * ^-^^'«'^^» Ana and America. (Point What is the t/.c-;t ofrjp7!l'hlTorTki' ""'^ • '"^■^^'^«-'»««'- the map.) ^^««?^r« Hemisphere. (Point it out on • What is the opposite of youiu, t—Old ^^ disdainfully'!— Respectfully, economical'!— Extravagant. hastenedl—DeUiyed. e^e>ii".ff?~Morning. ;; nipht?-Day. "'Jternoon?~Forenoon. \xTt i. ■■ . midniriht? — Noon \Kru * • - " care"! — Neglect What 18 the mean ng of abundant '>-P Si ful What « th! °PP°' *" 1 f^onovl-DishoZf Vnr-il}^ meaning of introduce '>-To hrinn in wh« u the oppii. or.:sa,^;^;sf . ""-■ In what Provinoe rf rJlT"'""} t~Knemraged. d»n«?_y"J^°.' ^"""■J" ■» "■■<»« P««l»»d in greatest .bon. plural formed ?-(46) P'"'*' '-^^'''^ • tnhabUant,. How ia its 32 38. Questions and Suggestions. 39. 40. Name the words of two or more syllablea in the second sentence. -y^ioubt-ed-ly (4 8.), ver.y (2 s.), me-ful (2 a.), old-er (2 s.). Name the words of one syllable in the third sentence.-!//*, vwre to, pick, It, up. ' '^" Mention the words of two syllables in the fourth sentence.- flant-ed, bestowed, up-on. 41. In the fifth sentence, name the words that contain two voweia — 4Q TJfZa^'l' '""''""^' ''"^ •^"'' '^'■'■*''' '""^' ^'•«»""«' «-»»«»//. friends. ' 42. Tell whether w or y is a vowel or a consonant in the worfs in which It occurs in the sixth sentence. Afterwards, c; onlu v • 0^.^(12:13)"' ""■'' ^""""•^'"^"' ^- Givithe rea'son ?nTach What words of two syllables, in the seventh sentence, contain four What words in the selection contain diphthongs ? Say whether each 18 proper or improper.-l aM«.9, i.; ocean, i.f found, Z ^aini whm,y, betweem.; Europe, i.; wheat, i.; ur^doubtedly^p.^Zll: grain,!.; disdainfully,!, 'hrew,i., away,i.; compa»im,i; asidu oils, I.; abmit, p.; yrains, i.; friends, i.; country, i.; fellow i cmntrymen,!.; alow,^.; discouvayed, i.; either, i.;expectaHm,i their,!.; productions,!. (17,19,20,21) ^ f««on, i 45. Is there a triphthong in the selection ?-Bestov/Ed, i. (18, 23) 46. Name the words of the seventh sentence that have a fiial « silent —Those, arrive, immense. (14, 16) »"eiii. ''• "^"SLT^liirhT *"' ''""' ''• '■• '^^^^--^-f ^'^e-lec- ''• '"'jlSt^J.Sr"™ °**^--*-'« °^ proper names ?_T/.., 43. 44. Exercises in Phraseology and Composition. I. Tell the names of the substances of which the following articles may be made : a penholder, a spoon, gloves, a vest, a bell. 1. A penholder may be made of wood, bone, ivory, tin, silver, gold 2. A spoon may be made of pewter, brittania, iron, wood, bone. 3. Gloves may be made of wool, cotton, skin, silk. 4. A vest may be made of cloth, linen, skin, silk, satin. 6. A bell may be made of copper, brass, silver, bell-metal. II. Where do the lion, the fox, the rabbit, little birds, the cricket seek shelter ? * The Kon seeks shelter in a den. The fox seeks shelter in a hole The rabbit seeks shelter m a burrow. LittL' hir^h a«.v oi,^u " ,_ x"®'®* The cricket seeks shelter in a chimney. " ""' "' '■'^^^''- and aentenoe. old-er (2 s.), >. — Hig, inorc. 1 sentence. — wo voweia. — g, friends. he words in r, c; mihj, v.; ison in each contain four '.suits, 5 c. Say whether l,V-; !rrain,L; /, p.; said, i.; on, i.; assidu- •; fellow, i.; vpectation, i.; (18, 23) mal « silent. of the selec- lies 7— They ition. ing articles ver, gold. , bone. he cricket. in a hole. w C» X.. > 71 lU nt:c'^. Phraseology and Composition. 23 III. Place at the end of the sentence the part given at the beginning m Italics, and make any other necessary changes.-Pu.iL's EmiioN : The outcome of good hearts is uratittide. Gratitude is the outcome of good hearts. Ihe love of God is the first commandment. Benevolence is the happiness of the rich Peace of heart is the sweetest df ious Patience is the ^i,jn of a ijreat smd. Candor, docility, and simplicity are tlie virtues of youth. Exercise on Homophonous Words. IV.-1. Bait. 2. Base. Bai>:e. Bass. Bate. Beer. Bays. Bier. Be. Bee. Beach. Beech. Bare. Bear. Berry. Bury. ^. Where the dash occurs insert a suitable word taken from the above 1. He was ind- ced to bate his expenses. The fisherman put some bait on the hook. 1 here are many large bays in Canada. Ihe door was covered with green haize. '• """musi^-rSom"" '"" ^'"""^ ''' *^« ''^^ '' the pillar in the The corpse was laid on the bier. Beer is a fermented liquor. 3. Be as diligent as the bee. Don't cut down that beautiful beech. The beach is covered with shells. ^' ril^lT^^X^T^, ^""^ ^°^ *^« huntsman to bear. The dog bit the boy's bare hand. Bury that berry and a tree will grow from it. V Write a Letter to voirn Parents, giving them an account of what you are studying, and tell them how much you like yoTschooT (See form of letter, p. 192, 193. ' ^ ' ^'"^•^'• on letter-paper,«enolose it Wau\Tve?opof and'arB^^i'pVop'o?!^ *» *'**^ «4 Lesson XVI.-PIural of Nouns. «-/; ». L„, ;Z', 2' * *"'■'• '">• '^f' "»• •«»/. .«.'/. «./. 1 Wl»~ 1. Wife, Calf, Knife, Beef, lioaf, Calves. Knivea. Beeves. Loaves, a Muff jif^j. Proof Proofs. ^ndlcerohief, HanajcercHiefs. Fife. j.!/^ 1 3. Life, Hal/, Self, Shelf, Wharf, 4. Oulf, Dwarf, Wolf, Safe, Hoof, Lives. Halves. Selves, Shelves. Wharfs, Gulfs. Dwarfs. Wolnes. Safes. Hoofs. TT Q , ' Hoofs. as. What tree produces chesintsfitZitZt-Lc!^ """'""^ '*^ °'^' *■ The a»nil"f'ii"f'^® produces chestnuts. xne apple-tree produces apples. The oak produaes acorns. ^ The orange-tree produces omwoe. The hazel produces fta«tfj-n«to * T^f H®*'";,*?"P*"°'^»ce8pe«r«. Th« Rotlh"*''^^ produces »eac;ies. ThI ^^ant7;*l^« produces viulberries. ^S! aate-tree produces dates. m?^ ?P"*^«« produces figs. The cherry-tree produces cherrie$. The lemon-tree produces temo«s The vine produces ffmi>es. '■ The cacao produces clmcolate Ihe cocoa produces cocoa-nuts. far -Skin the c«ir.*.-Put the ^r. S fl «o/« '^fter running so children done with the toZ-^endth^,l'^^^:~^^'''^ have the -Close the doors of the pofches -Th«v Ll""^ -f- '■'"'^^' *" **^« washing ..nem., commanded the^«,S to meTon ILf^l '■'^"rches.-.T& ^^^l'^^^^^^:!'^';^;;^ -y be, thoa n.ayst be. he .ay 1. Often in this country called ruwam. and add tt to »/,«A«(/-, thief ^ fore adding •, ie ending In /«? -Thit exercise UtVSB. 'ialves. ielvea. Ihfilvea. Vliarfa. Mfs. hvarfa. Solves, afea. loofs. tree named ig the order; the loaves. unning so have the I washing. ^«.— The 8) he may Lesson XVII. —Plural of Nouns. 52. The following nouns form their plural thus:— «5 Bingnlar, Plural. Child, Children. Foot, Feet. Goose, Geese. Man, Men. Sa. Spell the plural of child, foot, goose. Singular. Plural. Mouse, Mice. Ox, Oxen. Tooth, Teeth. Woman, Women. mZt..7^Zl%:^X ^m'Z S?L1 **' '^»^- 1. Teeth, Mice, Pianos, Geese, Matches, a. Children, Women, Ladies, Potatoes, Skies, Tooth. Mo me. Piano. Ooose. Match, Child. Woman, Lady. Potato. Sky. 8. Oxen, Horses, Feet, Moneys, Armies, i. Eyes, Stomachs, Peaches, Folios, TrencJi Om. Horse. Foot. Money. Army. Eye. f^fomaoh. •ifh. i'( 10. Trenoh. II. Sentences to be completed.— Where a proper noun that will complete the sense. ihe dash occurs, insert 1. God punished Adam and Eve for their disobedianaiL ^nThif f^y ?»'«»«y. killed his b7ot herXi °* ^oe and his family were saved from th. deluM ^"^ n\re5f,iL*.^'«"*^°' Abraha*m btfeg him a son whom he ' 'B}P^TM^'^^^^'^ "Zailr^^-"--^ patience. Sniy?™^'*?.*'''^!'*":!^ '^^^^ ^"ii » stonefron his slln» Solomon had the honor of building the tempTe of ^iiSfaim. 8. St. Bridpet is the patroness of Ireland By the prayers of his mother, St. Monica St Ano„»t,-„ Ctcvv, was the founder of the Frei^h monarchy^ '°® ""^^ converted. By his Wisdom, St. Louis was the uSpTness of Pra„oe. nSlla^ve^^^r^lJSlJha^rA'^Lfrhave-;^^ "-^«* »•-, he 26 Lesson XVIIL-Numbers of Nouns. 63. The names of things weighed or measured are generally used in the smguJar number only,, as.>„.. ale, nje, larley, L^ etc. 64. Aim, mathematics, and netos are used in the singular only. arf^'lrrT Tn"""^ ^" '^' P'"'"^ °°^y- The most ordinary are . AnmU ashes, bellows, billiards, boweU, compasses, entraiU, measles oa^,jants,' prncers, scissors, snuffers, tkanJcs, ton,s, trousers! Z;^, nltAl^iAtbefS'^iZ'^ ttr^ number ?-5l. Name some in the plural only? smguiar only.-65. Name some nouns that are used '^;^Ji>s^^i^t^js^- ter-JiS's I. Wages, i». Alms, 8. Barley, a. Bye, 9. Annals, p. 2. Bioe, a. Sugar, a. i Oats, p. Mathematios, a. Measles, p. 3. Thanks, p. Scissors, p. Wheat, 8. Potatoes, p. Parsley, a. Billiards, j>. Tongs, p. News, s. Pincers, p. Kaisins, p. wJrd f?oTthe?i8tVven.°"P''*''^--^'P^^^ *^« d*«^ ^^^^ » «"i*»We 1. Powder and »fto< are used to kill game A needle and thread are used to embroider *■ ^^ ^ ^°^^^' ^e must be meek and aood ^"''Th^^^rj;;^"^''' '^^'•*««- '»-* have recourse to prayer and tS SofS h°eaUirw« ™1;^"*1^ ™"«* "« practiced. lo be a good friend, one must be devoted and virt7U)us. Jd"-E*iS V~5 "Tf '". ?** Singular .-The arm,/ left the Obey the r.^LScaXl';;;^!"^,*^?:?"''^'''^--^^^^ the Ly.-TLight the forcA ^un?/'?™''-'"^ theJr.^-Giv'e the /an to the ox.-Eat the l^lmto~cJv^rth}l ^"««^— Mend the «*o«.-Drive thermtch.-Ce^iZe';^?esr ^ ^'o^-Assist at il/rm.-Give me be?;lS"t^tTou-Sht'SSm^«."^^ ^^''^ -'«"*«* ^-- h«-i«ht nlnVl?.''2?'1^1°^'?^':''°*',°P«l «10h words as «e«. „/.,. m.„ ^„„ ^„ !..^. ,^ , ~ not used In the slngiilar (No %) ^ * ^'^*' ^^^ singular of «s/ws ?_itTB Wn.i i .jji i IS. erally used in etc. ar Oiily. lost ordinary railn, meades, tsers, vespers, I. Name some that are used Lesson XIX.— Plural of Nouns. 27 56 The plural of C^ apound Nouns is formed by varying the prin- cipal word; as....^.son,a*.^.soas; brother.n-to.fbrotLf -ItZ 57. Compound Nouns ending in /«i follow the general rule- as mouthful mouthMs; spoonM, spoonMs. ' 68. Some nouns are alike in both numbers ; as, deer, sheep, swine. )f the letters singular or liards, p. nga, p. ws, s. icers, p, isins, p, h. a suitable prayer and ercise, . mtf left the •ur duty. — the /an to Je. — Drive -Give me , he might 2. Aponu- ws f — It ia Plutal of Nouns—Give the plural of the nouns of this section. 1. Father-in-law, Step-daughter, San-in-law, Cousin-german, Spoonful, Giasafal. Fathers-in-law. Stepdaughters. Sons-in-law. Cousina-german. Spoonfuls. Oliissfuls. II. Sentences to be com Dieted. noun that will complete the sense. . Doer, Deer Salmon, Salmon. Trout, Trout. Cupful, , , Cupfuls. ^a.\ighter-in-la.w, Daughters-in-law Account-book, Account-books. -Where the dash occurs insert a ' ^t a^f o^,Saf^1nYo11%^ea^'- ''''''' «« -"«^ -,«...,^,, The flsheriuan caught salmon. A Btep-daughter should be respectful towards her step-father. ^«ffir's>?i:,te&-^p-=^^^^^^^ JS,Shel?kilfche*^^^^^^ Italics.--Giye the children «.J/«.-'The huntsman ]fasklKi;;'r-SvTZLL^^^^^^ '''^"»- Light i\xematches.~ThQ hous killed the /hrz-.n;!? tu® f"'*— -Look at the l„m's play n^ _¥he li Z "^P^ ^"""/^S *^^ '•^"^'■''^? drank the milk that was'^n the « «!.? Th« rfl/T,'""'^- ^,^^y--'^'^«y the concert.-The bookk,^,l^^ nU^^'T^T '^""'^(iht^rs-m-law went to ^.«a^o.«andther»;:;t -Putt^ ntrtheTot~S"' ^'™ *^« ^^^■V^'^^l^^^^Lf:^^,:^^ l^ave. he 2. Lesson XX. Literary Selection for Explanation and Study. Might and Right. To & ?l ^°'^; "* P"«*'°» «^°r« « And th«,> f '' '*°'^'> ^^^ «*»«« less or more And their losses and gains to divide bv fom ' A deer was caught in the snares of the S Who immediately sends *"« i^oat. He held up his paw, And laid down the law. Deciding in quarters to send it out. 15 ''Ihor/i^irr'^'^^^^^theprey: 1 hold the/rs«," he cried, " as lord • Upon that score, an objecting nay ; ^' The secand too~to ke as my due, 20 ?^^J • !,'?^'?*°^ ™y «*ren^^ allot ; The thzrdl claim in my valor's name. Be wise, and dispute it not; ' If you dare so much as the>,r<;» to topch, H*v«*K , .! *"^'® y°" °n the spot." Have the selection read, and requlre_anori statement of its content.. Literaiy Analysis. ^^^h^l^ *^^ ^""^"^^ "' *^*« selection ?~A heifer a jneep, a goat, and a lion. -^ ' " When and where did the event take place? /„ day. Of yore, and in their mano,^ Place?_/« 1. lo what did the company agree ?-r/^„ ^meer^*/^ ^''^^^^^ ^^ «'« goa* soon meet /— ^ d,,^ r was cauyht in hig snare* upon which he called a meiting ofhs fZ2 ately accepted the invitation. a. Who was the chief actor at the meeting ?- l>e Iwn, who decided to divide the c3Lb On what claim did he say he was entitled to the firxt quarter ?-j« lord. The ««•«',?/_ 0«^^^<.«^«»,,,/,. The t,urdf~ln wiS-* . With what threat did he tak« fl.« .-...,,..7. ._ IheZot'."" '''"""''" '^">'P"»i^n»todeoXhoH 1. Personages. Time and Place. Words AijD Actions. J 4. 3. Rksuit. Literary Analysis. MoBAL. 2. 3. 4. 6. 6. 7. 8 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 16. 16. 17. 18, 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 30 What did the lion yain h^ +i,^ at the mercy o plerZl nf"'' ""*'* *^^/ persom, ybr might S«//?l ««^"-«i«''o«« prove ((,■< right •''""" ""V Mds a way to Questions and Suggestions. What IS the meaning of tlie Innt ^f *i, -"" Why this nS-0„'i !~ ;T''^'''^>-^-''- »Vftat IS the meaning of » /-i What 18 meant by aliono/ ,„>t. t n ''*f' °-^« ^•^' Express the third line" S Xr~wLs"^' /"* f, ^-^"^ "«"^- . W^£^"f^^^'^^'~'' "''^'^ ^^eir property, to pany. nerwise._2o call a meeting of the com. vvnat 18 the meaning of d^ciV/^ i~r^ a , W,? ^^Pi^^f word for ZZ~T)i;Il '^'^^^^^ne, to settle. What IS a ,,«.. '■ g?^*^*^-'^- B3 faithful to your proTOfsM. 2. Renounce evil. Be submisBive to the lau Be prompt in your calculationa. Be punctual to obedience 4. Obey your maatere. Be faithful to your dutieti. Do not give way to sloth. Be alwavs obliging a.na polite. 18 worthy of pity (n.).-The innocent chndSTrAl^hf^*"-,^^- ?f •^•> -A fault n.) acknowlodged is half pardoneS riU^}^T^ ^y ^'^^ things («.). Jlhe dove r/; is tS eSrofsT^lSlr"-^ '^'^^"«^» "^ ^„9£»l?°'»J"fi'.»"°ni--P'><«"««« Per/ec«.-Imav ha™ k.„„ .u-_ - , , hl^ebTejr''^' ""^■° ''''''' ■ «" "^-^y I'-'v^ been. 'you ma7haVe been?lfy ^^l^ fc distinguish nine, and the rsons or ani- lons and ani. eta that are ire there, and . What is the "«•, /., or ».., rse, TO. stress, /, use, n. owledge, n. ck,/. re,/, son, m. blem, n. ve, n. igue, n. irs insert a miset. I. polite. '')> or (n.) (m. or/.) i by God. iquers all fiyst have they may Lesson XXII.-Nouns.-Gender. 64. The Bexes are distinguished in three ways :•- I-Distinction of Sex by Different Words. 33 Male. Bachelor, Boy, Brother, Back, Bull, Cock, Drake, Earl, Father, FnarorMonk, Nun Female. Maid. Girl. Sister. Doe. Cow. Hen. Duck. Countass. Mother. Gander, Gentleman, Hart, Horse, Husband, King, Lad, Goose. Lady. Eoe. Mare. Wife. Queen. Lass. MaU. Landlord, Lord, Man, Master, Master, Mister (Mr.), Nephew, Papa.i Earn, Sir, Son, Stag, Steer, Uncle, Wizard, Female. Landlady. Lady. Woman. Mistress. Miss. Mistress or Missis (Mrs,)^- Niece. Mamma.i Ewe. Madam. Daughter. Hind. Heifer. Aunt. Witch. Bo"y&r^?orefp!.^!«"«"*«''e^?-What,sthefen.a,^ orlu^wm^He ftS w!"''""''"'--^'"* ^^^''-^ ^i^^m^^Zi~a 1. Goose, Niece, Heifer, Mare, a. Missis, Iia4y, Witch, Mistress, Oander. Nephew, Steer. Horse. Mister. ^Zt^entJeman. Master, 8. Hen, Roe, Wife, Ewe, 4. Doe, Countess, Queen, Kuok. Cook. Hart. Huslmid. Sam. Buck. Earl. King. I>rake, rosary (n. .-The landlady rf J i^^";;?!^ "u"° ^^'^ '^ reiitLig the has gone to see his auntj/;. °^ ^^'^ *®^ants ('»./.).--He h|S:t^^irr,-^f^^^^^ bave ha.. tho„ .„, 1 - - - *'**'' ^"" ^-^y flave had, theiTmay bZn 1. Often abbreviated to Pa, Ma. 34 Lesson XXIII.— Nouns.— Gender. 66. II.-Distinction of Sex by Different Terminations. Male. Abbot, Actor, Baron, Bridegroom, Count, Czar, Dnke, Emperor, Ctovemor, Hero, Heir, Lion, Female, Abbess. Actress. Baroness. Bride. Conntess. Czarina. Ducness. Empress. Governess. Heroine. Heiress. Lioness. aM^T...!!. * AVorT.:*..'"'""''""" Male. Marquis, Negro, Patron, Prior, Prophet, Protector, Prince, Shepherd, Songster, Tailor, Tiger, Widower, Female. Marohionesa. Negress. Patroness. Prioress. Prophetess. Prwtectress. Princess. Shepherdess. Songstress. Tailoress. Tigress. • Widow. of sex made?-What is the female of '^^^!'^^^z^^;£:^^v::j-'^i:;^" »« .-/.-^ 1. Widow, Widower. Duchess, Duke. SongBtiess, Songster. Negress, Negro. Tailoress, Tailor. 2. Heroine, Bride, liioneRS, Czarina, Heiress, GovernesB, Hero. Bridegroom. Lion. Cznr. Heir. Oovenior. -Where the dash occurs insert v.Bk S^l**"?,*® *° ^« completed. - word that will complete the sense. ^' Thfi p™^^,?^^".** ^""^ President of France Th"U^?wrsitiSg x^^iTcSSU'^ ?rf- *h*V«%"nderHned.- -t:.. ..ep^ss is.tenS^gTrs;;eTp''!ai^xr.irr^^^^^ oMigL... ^' '^''""'"' " ^'^^^.'"g *he estate. -The pa/, JL/isTufand t./v;'L|;°n%Xrhu;^^^^^^ have been, thou mlghtst they might have been. ' "'^"* *>*^« been, you might have been, )n8. ial«, rohioness. press. roness. Dress. phetess. tectress, icess. pherdesB. gstress. oresB. 'ess. ■ ow, the female of be performed groom. nor. ra insert a ia. lerlined.— BO animal, worthy of I kind and )u miffhtst have been, Lesson XXIV.— Nouns— Gender. 35 thr;„lll:r^'*" *r* '* «°'"«*^"" distinguished by using a word of the nuwculine or feminine gender before the noun afat«. Female. BwA-rabbit, Doe-rabbit 6\)cA;-8parrow, Hwi-sparrow. //e-goat, SAe-goat. Male. Mj/e-child, il/rtn -servant, Mrt/e-descend- ants, Femalt. Fefnale-ch\\A. ilfatd-Bervant. ^ema^«-descend- ants. rMM°':.!:!.^s.^sss?:.^!^}'"^^'*"^'-'"'^'>'<^"'«"'^''"own of England. A dotf-rabbtt has run into the burrow. "K»»"a- mT y fck *^ *^? cock-sparrow on the branch of the tree ? The abbot has just admitted a postulant into the T^i^.^Vy. III. Change the italicized nouns into the masculine - A ram ia grazing in the meadow.-The earl is driving in «febaJonchfi Th! aZ^\r' to Moscow.-The lord is o"ft rM Sj.-^Tr^^i^IiS t^s ettSr-TJe w/T«r ^"'"^.^^P^^y " St. fouis in cCns" "r evening— X He hart is lying under a tree.— The staa is on tliA mountain.-The mfe-cAtW is l<^t.-The cocCa'iw- hMfloCiito The^^'-~^^/ rotect^ot the orphans will vSit Ihem to-mS)i .5^ Ihe emperor is dying.— The duke is ninoin- "borrow. B^:!^^'^^^''''^>i^'.sr,^'z'A^^'%T. 36 Lesson XXV. Literary Selection for Explanation and Study. The Will of God. I worahin Thee, sweet Will of God 1 And all Thy ways adore, And every day I live, I seem To love Thee more and more. When obstacles and trials seem Like prison walls to be, I do the little I can do, And leave the rest to Thee. ,rt He always wins who sides with God, *" To him no chance is lost ; . God's will is sweetest to him when It triumphs at his cost. Ill that He blespes is our good, And unblest good is ill ; ^° And all is right that seems most wronff If It be His Bweet will. ^_p ^ p^f,^^ Have th. selection read, and require an oral statement ot its (Jfutti^^*^*^^"^' 1. PERgOWAOEa. Tims a«c Place. ? — A good i. Words and AOTIOMS. Literary Analysis. Who is the speaker in this selection ?- Christian, When and where does the Christian give such testimony of his reverence for his Creator? ■—Always and everywhere, but particularly in his daily devotions, 1. What does the Christian say in the first stanza?— ITe says he worships God's holif Will, adores His loays, and loves Him more and more every day. 2. What does he say "in the second stanza ?— He says that in obstacles and trials he does o TtTu.i ^ "-'f"' ^^^ "*"*'« '» ^o<^ for success. 6. What does he say in the third stanza 'i—He says whoever tries to please God alioai/s suc- ceeds in his undertakings, and thai God's mil IS most pleasing to him when it contra- dicts his men, 4. What is said in the fourth stanza 7—111 blessed by God turns to our good, and good no, occssca oy Him tUiM to be ill, and all that seems most wrong is right if it be His holy will. 14. 15. 3. Rbsult. MOKAL. Literary Analysis. 37 What result does the Christian obtain who con ^uSo/Uft''''''' ""^ ""''' '" "" ''" '^'■^- What lesson does this piece teach nH?-Toadar, the will of God in all the occurreiu:^ ojli^T 1. 2. Questions and Suggestions. 3. 4. fi. 6. 7. 8. !). 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 10. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. What does the first lino contain 'i—The moral n, th. « • What 18 meant by a viorul ■>~TlL «., .;• i , -^ ^ne piece. ^i'deeionedor/ttedtZeach. ^''^ P'""'''"^ ^»»on which any thing What 18 tlie meaning of wonhip in this olace? r« « / . ^ mpreme. homage. ^ °* '""^^ '"^oc«, to offer '"■•Vfflljo^^f '""" °' "- » -Pital ?-«.„„. « refer, u, „ ,', II winst—Loses. wv,o* ,•= J.1 ." ""^''^ (9*li line) 1~Onr>oge» What IS the meaning of c/iffl«y/. ? /^»„.; , ^l^osea. rence. ^ '"^* ^ -Opportunity, an unforeseen occur. What is the opposite of /„,,/ '>— Gained in the fifth hne, use anotlier word iovleem —Ann^n- 2-. Why ,8 , only .Med to torn, the ,,l„.l „, „,^_ ^^ ,_(^„^ ^^^ 38 Questions and Suggestions. 26. Nftine tli« plural nouM of the aeoond stann ObttaeU$. triaU Va ^^^ ^" *^* PJn™! o' these nouns formed by addlna « only ?— (46) 28. Point out the words of two syllables in the third Bt&nm.--Al.M;avi *weet-e$t, tri-umphs. •' ' 89. Point out the words that contain diphthongs in the fourth stanza. Our, p.; good, i.; teems, i.; »wfet, i. 80. Is w a vowel or a consonant in the words in which it occurs in the 4th stanza ?- It u a consonant in every case in which it occurs. 81. How many proper nouns are there in the selection 7— Two : God and Will (perionijied). ""^ Exercises in Phraseology and Composition. I. Give the names of several nouns that may be called dHnh$, vegetables, flower; fishes, trees, quadrupeds, diseases. 1. DWNKS.-Water, wine, lemonade, tea, beer, brandy, cider, coffee chocolate, cocoa, ale, are drinks. 2. V*o»TABiE8.— Cabbage, cauliflower, turnips", parsnips, carrots asparagus, parsley, onions, are vegetables. 3. FiowBB8.-.The violet, the rose, the lily, the tulip, the sweet- william, the dahlia, are flowers. 4. Fi8H«8.-The trout, the herring, the salmon, the cod, the mackerel the tomcod, are flshes. ' 5. Tiw«%-The oak, the pine, the maple, the chestnut, the poplar the willow, the spruce, the elm, the beech, the birch' are trees. ' 8. QoADHUPEDs.— The horse, the am, the ox, the lion, the elephant, are quadrupeds. '^ • 7. Di8«A8«8.-Fever, rheumatism, small-pox, measles, jaundice cholera, are diseaxes. '' ' II. Tell by whom the following implements are used : a sword, a ytade, a 2>tc/c, a shovel, a plough, a sickle, a scythe. -.A ^"l^.'^-il °"®^ ^y * soldier. A spade is used by a gardener. A |?|v» in us^a ay aii excavator. A shovel in used by a laborer A fhughiB used by ahusbandwaa. A sickle is used by a reaper. A seuth^ }• used by a mowei:, ' »«»»fw. ^^'^' *'' "Solomon ■ • as. " Solomon succeied dS J^^ """ ^' ""«* ^'^'^^ *h« verb; "I play." FT/.pTaysl /"'-The Ir""'^''""^^^"' ^''^^- struck; The table -SoLL t ^ ""^^ '*™*'^-" ^*«« was ^^ iie table.-solonum, I, and toftte are in the nominative nomiSLrr""' Case-Where the dash occurs insert a suitable Pupits Bhould prepare thei "home'ttuB well. coach-maker's.-SaeWfes'iSr /!7;,ft" /^^^^^^ '"'^y ^« seen at the saddler.-The ^olu^ehvrightmlTlhXolT^^ **"" «^''* ^^ *he rows, and buckboards.-The ax Z.T^y. ^''^^' ^^Kons, wheelbar- the wheels are broken. -Te locAv h«« „t^ "^T" ^"^ *''« 'Po^es of a Mexican mule, and a lazy as? Th« ?, f"^"'"* Kentucky horse, attends to the diseases of cattle ^etenmrmn is a doctor whl x£lt\^&rt^^-;f:'>^--^*'^' Pma««.~T.ibe. If tho„ be. If ha be; ,f w. inguish the ve, and the oun or pro- " Solomon nite verb is e the verb ; Solomon, — What was lominative re there?— linative ? i- suitable '"«. gigs, n at the p«, spurs, I by the heelbar- ipokea of ;y horse, stor who «! If w« LES30N XXVII.-Nouns._The Possessive Case. 4, 71. The Possessive Case is that form or state of a noun or nro s" ttr'' """^ *» ""''•' °' ^"^-^y «^'^^- 72. The possessive case of nouns is formed, in the sineular bv adding an apostrophe and an s to the nominative; as, the ^sZ"" JL Tr *^: °°"^*»^*i^« Pl»ral ends in ,. the apostrophe alone Is added to form the possessive; as, the ladies'/an*. caL^isTomellT'"'*"'^'"'"'^*^' "°* '""^ '"^ '' *^« Po»««««ve case IS formed m the same manner as the singular: as, " Children'. toys are precious to them." , ' *-™iarenf.- 71. Whatia the Possessive CftsA ?—7C! w«™ j„ iv formed in the singular?™ When the ^iTjL*]\f"°T'«^Xe case of nouns I. Possessives.— Give the possessive. 1. Man, Day, Heresy, Here, Volcano, Aroh, 8. WUliam, Thief, Woman, Btomaoh, Ox, Army, Man'L. Day's. Heresy's. Hero's. Volca, no's. Arch's. Witliam'a. Thief's. Woman's. Stomach's. Ox's. Army's. a. Church Ladies, Flies, Men, Churches, Volcanoes, Echoes, Mary, Women, Buffaloes, Torches, Children, Church'$. Ladies'. Flies'. Men's. Churches'. Volcaiwea', ■Echoes'. Mary's. Women's. Buffaloes'. Torches'. Children's. l^isteu to the DoJcaHo's roar - The gallows is often the thief's punishment. 2. liook at the torch's glare The robber stole the men's hats Wring the ladies' fans with von Henry's hat has fallen into the river. the object of the nmi^-SLjltiT^''''^^^^^ " objeot.-Where areTe^^ Jr^lo^S tK2 J/T''?* /« ^^'^ '^"^'' The somer^s arms are a rifle andTbaVonet lit^'^i^^'^ *" '°« - Samuel's cousin kiUed a snake in ^hTl^f r""^")'^^ '^ spoiled.- in the Btreet.-Miil haa c»*^'^"- '""^^ " -^^^^ reached the r.hiJ.TiL^^r^^.'^iJJ'""''''' finger—The sweep has antlers were broken.-Tlie^^i^S^^risTai^^ iiag.-The-.c.«.'. tfS"Ue?i?ro*,!"hVefrf'^ref^f "-•'•-" I have, if thou have, if he hare; 42 Lesson XXVIII._Nouns.-The Objective Case. 76 The Objectiye Case is that form or state of a noun or pronoun which nsually denotes the object of a verb, participle, or preLition . as. "Cam mied Abel."-" .SWm^ the danger, he avoided I'-'dZI •WM succeeded by Solomon." 76 How to find the Objective—The Object of a verb, parfci- •fc^t '.p'^' r/*TT'"**'*^"'*"^''"°" ^'*^ -^m or ^-/^a/after It; as. "Cam killed Abel." Cain killed , ./torn ? ^6./.-" Seeing the :Zf'nT'^V''' Seeing./.,, The ^„,... He avoid^ whatf /e.-" David was succeeded by Solomon." David was sue ceeded by «,ftm t By ^olomn.-Abel, danger, and Solovu>n are in the objective case. " 75. What is the Objective Case ?-.76. How is the objective case found ? ♦kf'oP"®''^'^^?'^®.*'^® ^^^^ °«c"™ insert a noun that will comnlnfA the sense-Sat^ whether tl^ noun is a mminative or anob]^ctiv^^^ *' ^f IVll?' newf7o«;i«s (o.) gives pleasure to a boy. 4 S^yr * "'"'"^ «>•' ^*<'** pleasure to see his parents acain A witty an«M)er (n.)\» tu\tot charms. Parents agam. The ntflifttinjyoZe (u.) sings sweetly. * my"*^ dangerous reading (o.). wl^t T <»•) caught a squirrel in the hedge. ^ fa^fuf*/' i"*?** "•°* *»*^« K«"d thoughts This slate is broken into pteces(o.). 8. On a summer morning the 6u-^ (n.) warble their sweet songs of grati- J^fL^P^'*^^ "'" *''■'""' (o) *»'l marched on rapidly Q«tofc<^Ji;«r (n., was discovered in Wria. in Austria Samt Peter (n.) was the ttr.st Pope Austiia. n. Point out the nominatives and the objectives —Do th^ ...... IS an important study (n. after verb).-^«.rnmke ?,4v::;S'i """"'' every proi^r nou.v slunild be a capital (n. after verb -WritftJ. iDDBKPs on your SLATK,, V"- "^"''i veio;.— wiite your we°;'^'ri:?ftorirre:if iiS' wt^^^^ ' "'^'•''' '' "'"" ^--- ^' ^'« were ; « re Case. a or pronoan preposition . it."—" Dovid verb, parti - 3r what after " Seeing the He avoided id was suc- 11 are in the found ? ill complete live. igs of grati- the same 'e case, aiid -Grammar •nd lay it arine met it letter of rite your le wer« ; U Lesson XXIX—Nouns—Cases. 43 ExAMPLE,s OF Declension. Siufiular. Box, Man, Norn. Posa, Obj. Yard, Yard's, Yard; Norn. Post. Obj. Yards, Yards', Yards. Box's, Man's, Box; Man; Plural. Boxes, Men, Boxes', Ken's, Boxes. Men. Sky, Sky's, Sky; Skies, Skies', Skies. Glass, Glass's, Glass; Glasses, Glasses', Glasseis. 77. What Is the Declousion of a nouu?-DeoliueYard Box. 1. Do not stand on the ladys dress Tpn ?h« ?f ^ ^^^ ^nkeyi red cay ? "- Sn^fcVf ^^f^i^^^^^^^^^ :'-sed down the street. A aptaer a web is hanging over the window. Two deer's headu waro broa?ht in ThelaiSn Z\'tu ^V l''"^'^'- *-'^^^' «'««'« horns • ine2)e»iais (n.) on the deaka are not Blmr]) enough for writing. objectii?'' °"' ""' ""'•*''■ ^'^^ nominative and two lines under the The Ah.s and the Fox What i« the n.oral of this fable? What i« a fable? imd! if Sta^JllrthTf h'S"'''"'^ "^I'-^-i; if we *^ Lesson XXX Literary Selection for Explanation and Study. Thb Dog and the Cat. A dog and a cat, messmates for life, Were often falling • ito strife, AndtiS Jn r^J°^i"g' er^^ls. and snaps. Ana spittmg m the face, perhaps. W ^\"l°'" '^"^ °"«« «h»nced to call, Just at the outset of their brawl. And thinking Tray was cross and cruel, To snarl so sharp at Mrs. Mew-well 10 .^ A^n^'J^vf**^®'' '■^"S^^y ^° t»^« ear. ' IK,- ^"° "''■e yo" *o interfere ? " Exclaimed the cat, while in his face she flew And as was wise, he suddenly withdrew. ' It seems, in spite of all his snarling, And hers, t^at O^ay was still her darling. —Wriffht (1804—). He ,e the selection read, and require an oral statement of its content.. 1. PXRSONAOIC. TiMB A? ^ Place. 2. wobds and Actions. 8. Result. MoBAXi. Literary Analysis, Whatsis the subject of this fable ?_^ dog and a ^^%W JI^''^ f^- ^^^ ^"^^'•«» t»ke place?- Ifiere is no definite time or place mentioned. n. In what were the dog and cat often engaged?- £uHrnes.r"' '"'"'^''^ '"" ^""'"''^^""^ (^i«t 2. What did a neighbor dog once do?-^,tiWi q r„t'':f.i'i'!^''=<'"''stead of rather ^-Too Who speaks m the 10th line ?-TAecae. J&Jli'„%r.;ato*:(l,ir°*^^^^^^ --'^ ^t the end of this Who suddenly withdrew._r/,e ^^ighhor dog. What d'r^vf.?^^."/''^ ?•* '^'''■^'"•" ^-Fc^vorite. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 16. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 26. 26. Exercises in Phrasenlno-w q«^ r>^ .x..__ I. Give the names of things that may be called grain, spices fruits drugs, metaU, countries, cities. "pices.jruits. A- ^ ■ 4^ Phraseology and Composition. 1. ^^^--^^^^^^J^y, maian ccn. oat. back.bea, .e 2. S«CKB.-Pepp^ jger, allspice, cinna.non^ „„tme,. ..e called ^- ^^''"'- ''^^P^'t^«^^^^ P^'^t^^' oranges, lemons, citrons, f •, pine-apples, melons, bananas, ar?/rMi<» "' 4. Dbugs.- T^^psom salt,' senna, jak|v are t/rtt<,,. 5. MKc...,-Iroa. ^cld, .J^c.■, I.ad. t,a. copper, are metaU. 6. CouxxKXKs.-l^^. ,:.,iaud, C.nada, Mexico. Brazil, are «nm- 7. OxxxKs.-r,o..o.. Dublin, Mou.r.,a, New York. Washington, are II. Tell by whom the foll^>wing articles are made : Watches rinn, ^nd brooches, stoves, vail^, chair.., and tables. ^Vatches, nngs ^. ™ade by the naile. Chairs Z, tblTllVl '^^'^^S- in?talifi"' T *l' '"'^ °* *^' ''"^^^"^ *^« P«^««« »t the beginning m Italics, .,,nd make any other necessary changes. °^^^m The wind blew violently. The man was outwitted most clearly. Weeds grow luxuriantly everywhere. The boy ran down the hill rapidly .Let me know when school will be out. Exercise on Homophonous Words. IV.—I. Council. Counsel. Dam. Damn. 2, Dane. Deign, Dear. Deer. 3. Dew. Die. Due, Dye. Where the dash oocurs insert a 4. Desert. Dessert. Dira. Dyer. SUii :\.'- word trnrn *Vio ol i IBS. I. Commonly called baits. f.< ':^i? Phi-aseology and Composition. ackvi'heat, s,re eg, tre called citrons, f;/"?, t$. xlg. izil, are coun- shington, are batches, rings els are made mder.—Naib the cabiuet- 47 1. The council is assembled. Give good cmmsel. The beavers are making a dam. Mortsl sin damns the eoul. 2 Will you (leigji to listen to this Dane ? Ihe deer is nimble and fleet. This paper is too dear. 3. The dew does not fall in cloudy weather. Honor to whom honoi ia dve. All men shall die. The dyer is going to dye the wool with blue dye. 4. The dyer was alarmed at the dire confusion. I lZ\r^ in this lonely desert, though if you woilld. I should consider It as my de#ert. •* wwaia, Ihe waiter is serving dessert. V. Wjite a description of A Hodbb. iie beginning lert. sort, a. Jr. >Ove list. 4* Lesson XXXI.-Chapter Il.-Articleo. 79. There are two articles, the Definite and the Indefinite. or'thiJ^t' ^ftt' ^'"'"^t ''" " '«"°*«« ««-« P'^^'-J^ thing orinmgs, as, the enemy, the provinces. ^* kind 3!;' '"*'*';"•*« Arti<:'« i« « or ««. It denotes one thing of a kind, but no particular one ; as, a city, an empire. ^ th?b^n1te Artfcl^?^l^'^^%?d°efluur?^ ^^''^^'' "^^ there?-60. What is I. Articles.-Supply the proper article. 1. The rlne graiu was cut. i Davft^lf ^''^'S """y ''*"se a gtMt loss. '^'^ o'^xfra =TI?o;j| LVn^L^^i^/sfd.. ./I rose A heavy fall n? .^"' "^ ^"^'^ *"1 soon droop " a Heavy fall of snow rendered the roads imp^-Bsable for many day. 8. ^ -'«* ^P fc^ta^' '^°'* '-'"^^ « «"0"<*. 'l^iobi'uug over «;*. Fride is «7ie root of ail evil." II. Insert the proper article. Conditions of Health. The leading conditions of health are :— 1. A constant supply of fresh air. 8. offer °' "°""'^^^ '^' "g^"y t'^fc^n. 5.- i ^o^^p^Xsr *° ^''^ ^*"°"« ^^^-« «' '^^ «y«t«- j™ "-do thoo be; b, J, 0, joo or *) iJ^i'^^'„tt^KlJ;«KS.'t^rii.tS.1JJS.'""» s. >unB to limit te. icular thing thing of a -*0. What it any dajri. uugorer« the 1. An honor, A duty, ^n infant. A house. .°" "'• TER III.— Adjectives. 84. An Adjective is a word ad led to a noun or a pronoun, and generally expresHes quality; as, a good apple; five diligent boys; unhappy me. M. What Is an Adjective? I. Adjectives - insert a noun that the adjective given will qualify. , A reasonable «er«on. A transparent thing. A venerable nwn. A winged animal. A learnod V0r«on. A square ehett. A oamivorous animal. A ferociouR animal. A humble i)«r/)f>n. A .ious M)oma»i. An ainiihibiouB animal. A f Jilt book. A generous lady. A venuiiions animal. 3, A charitable person. An honest hoy. A good girl. An a'luatic animal. An 6' ucatod person. An o\ident truth. A oreepiiig animal. II. Sentences to be completed.— Mention a quality of the object named. The ocean is large. The poplar is high. The meadow is green, A shrub is small. A highway is wide, A plain is extensive. 9. A mast is -U-aight. A flsh-hook is erooked. A ring is round. A scythe is cirve '. A dftgeer is ahar A sugft f-1 oaf is ' ii'n I. A palace is grand. The sea is vast. A >fell is deep. A sheet of ]iaper is thin. An elephau', is big. A spire is high. The hare is agile. The mule is stubborn. T^ ^ dog ia faithful. 11;! vulture is ervi'. The sparrow is avonciout. Ihe ass is lazy. III. Underline the adjectives.~The rip^ grain vr- out.— The ml^m crow wasperchai upon the leafless branch of tl . ;d 'm.— Every man has some good qualities.— The beautiful lands . wi >pread out like a bright picli^e before us. — Vicious Tiabits i. a g>. stain on human nature.— The khort hours of riot are foUowc '. hy long hours of P"n.— A sir i mistake may cause » great loss.— The gardener gave me a nice b;iach ot fragrant flowers.— That white cow is lowing.— The site commands an extensive vi ?w of the surrounding country. Oral Coni\iftMoxK,— Indicative Present.— I love, thou lovest, he l<)ve«: love, I read, thou readest, he we Lksson XXXIV.-CIassifiction of Adjective. 5, 1. BriRhf.o Amiable, «« to the ground, ra.a is appro-aching. ' " "°'' '"^^ "^ ^ *°^ Oral Conjugation. ■ov^— ^Y?^;S:-«.^iSR- ^-^.^ou^loved^t, ^e iovd; we $9 Lesson XXXV. Literary Selection for Explanation and Study. The Pious Boy. Piety appeared to have taken pleasure to form for herself a worthy temple in the young Louis. Meekness and modesty 8,p. peared on his countenance ; the candor of his pare soul might be read in his eyes. The sweetest moments of the day were those 5 which he was allowed to spend at the foot of the altar, and bis presence in the holy place was an eloquent lesson for those who saw him. On meeting a church on his way, the thought that God is there would urge him to enter in order to pray. He acknowledged to his friends that he preferred holidays to school- 10 days, for the simple reason that they affordod him more time to give to prayer and spiritual e.terciseH. Several of his compan- ions, on whom his example made a lively impression, would betake themselves to the church in which they expected to find him, to be edified by his piety, and many of them were moved 16 even to tears. — P. ' Have the selection read, and require an oral statement of its oonteati. 1. Fbrsomaobb. Tim AMD i'LACS. 2. Words and Actions. 3. Bkbclt. Moral. Literary Analysis. Who are spoken of in this selection? — A pioui* Itoy named Louis; aim notne of his companion*, whom he very much edified. When and where did he give this edification? — In scliool, in church — everywhere. ' 1. What appeared in his countenance ? — Meek- ties* aitd modesty. 2. What did his eyes beam forth ? — Tlie candor of his soul. 3. Where did he spend his sweetest moments ? — Before the Ftlesned Sacrament. 4. What did he acknowledge to his friends?— That he preferred the holidays, because they afforded him more time for his devotions. 5. What did his companions sometimes? — They would go to church when they expected to find him there. What effect had his piety in church upon his com- panions ?—They were often moved to tears. I Wimi iessou ubuuld young people draw fron -^his •J narration? — To imitate young Louis, uudto ( be a subject of edification to every one. Study. 2. forhemelf a modesty ap- loul might be 3. ly were those 4. Itar, and his 6. or those who 6, ihou^ht that 7. to pray. He 8. tys to school- more time to 9. his compan- 10. Bsion, would 11. )€cted to find were moved 13. 18. contents. U. 16. —A pioiii* Itoy companiom, ioation? — In ice ? — Meek' —The candor ; moments? J friends?— became they wotions. metimes ? — hey expected ton his com- d to tears. iwfrorr 'his Lout*, a„d to < one. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22, 23. 24. 26. 26. 27. 28= 29. Questions and Suggestions. 53 . When dees a person deserve to be called vioiu f—Wh^ « f^4tkf,.i ?«r;:;£i:' —n^-.*. «/ aod, a% zrdLei'Zi\^':^&[ H^^is P^ety treated in this place ?-^. a person, i. e., it Upersoni. aSL?^" ^'''^' "'«*** ^ "^^'^ inntmd o{temple?-Dwelling, Wha ,s the fommine of Louis f-Louisa or Louise. ' WW lo }y^ meaning of meekness fSweetness of temper, mildness What 18 the opposite ot meekness )-Harshness, passiSnatZT What 18 the opposite of Hwrf^fwtj/ ?_/„„HoA.«<«. ^ Use another word for countenance.-Face, mien. «t.nV '"""''"^ °' <"''^^-^~Open^uss of heart, frankne». When is a soul pure?-lf7je» it U free from sin. *Lr" ft person's disposition be read in his eye8?-B«a,«« the eyes are the mirror of the smil. ^ ^eeame tne nJ^^ ^r'i" *^^^ ""''"^ pleasure at the foot of the altar ?-~ Because he loved the BUssed Sacrament. ^Z!i!f F- ^'^"''^ '° ,*^^ "^'''''^ "^ '««««" ^ those who saw him ? 7hem7opie!y^'"'''' ""'^ ""''""''''' appearance was enough ZeZe ''ili;%t^rS;' ^""^"^'" •-''"'•'■"•" ^-- of expressing wSS lit '''"'^'' '.Ti? ^'"^'^''^Oxet apart for Christian worship What lesson should be drawn from thi8?-2V) visit aehurdi wh^n passing, tftirne permits; if mt, to salute the lUessedSacrul^^^^^ uncovenng ,1. head, and accompanying the act wi'hanlZZZ Use another expression for entering. -Goinq in. Mdge"'''""'^ °* «c-^-««.W,.?-2-u h,cn, to avow, to confess a ^t^lr'"''*''"^''-"'^"^''"-^'''''"^'''''' ^'-'"' ''''«"•• '^"/Z" of amuse. What is the difference between holidays and holu-daus'>— 4 hnlirf.. Ifrnnl'"^ «(«'««*/''««"« (the proper%neaning ; TLlyldl; (S Whati8 2,rayer?-^,t elevation of the soul to God. '^cotrjfr''^ ->-.-. ?-p.«,.r. „..,^.o„, ,,„,,^,,„ „^ What.other word might be used for lively in iStl^^t-Strong, W^^jo the meaning of impression as used heret-ii'^ict or t«tfM- ^t'l.ML*^" •"'*"'"« °' ''''^*^""' '"J'""^ himJ-Supposed they would 54 Questions and Suggestions. 30. What is the meaning ot viany of them were mooed even to tears?-- Many of them were so edified that they could not refrain from shed- amy tears, '' •' 31. 32. 38. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. Tli /^^ ""'^ *^^ ^''i ^'^^ 8entences.-P/. child had to pay no./«/e. 2. Go forth and teach all nations. I was in Boston on the Fourth of July. This plaster will Iieal the wound on your heel. 4. It 'cOok a whole day to make the hole. In what inn did you lodge ? V. Writdj a oomposition about Bjuijak, ould be. ttentive. I obedient. 5^ Lesson XXXVI.— Adjectives. 88. A Numeral Adjective is an adjective that expresses a definite number; as, oru, two, etc. There are three kinds of numeral adjec- tives; Cardinal, ordinal, and multiplicative; m, one, first, single. 89. A Pronominal Adjective is an adjective that may either accom- pa^ Its noun or represent it understood : as, " This boy u good."- This 18 a good hoy."— ^' Every one ha* his peculiar habits." 88. What is a Numeral Adjective ?-fi.j. What is a Pronominal Adjective ? nf tii^Sf^' Adjectives.-Express orally or in writing the ordinals m«S>Sr' "' --bers-T;. Teacher may !lso require th. 1, One, Two, Three, Pour, Five, Six, 2. Seven, Eight, Nine, Ten, Eleven, Twelve, First. Second. Third. Fourth, Fifth. Sixth, Seventh. Eighth. Ninth. Tenth. Eleventh. Twelfth. 9. Thirteen, Fourteen, Fifteen, Sixteen, Seventeen, Eighteen, i. Nineteen, Twenty, Twenty-ona, Tnirty, Thirty-one Thirteenth. Fourteetith, Fifteenth. Sixteenth. Seventeenth. Eighteenth. Nineteenth. Twentieth. Twenty-firat. Thirtieth. Thirty-first. One hundi-ed. One hundredth. „;i^^'*^*'*x*i?°5®*.,*,° *'® completed.— Insert a numeral or a pronominal adjective that will complete the sense. pronominal 1. Spain was once under Moorish domination. A single hB.rah word may often cause pain. Thta IS a difficult task. The same duties were expected of each. & This method is better that- that. All is not gold that glitters. Either of them will please me. ""to/CT *^"''"' **""* ^® ^*" «"«"S^' but iealways striving 8. The same statement was made by both John has two dollars a day. t£?p WK ^J'a»'«l break the fifth commandment. This 18 the twenty-first of October. III. Draw one line under each numeral and two lines under each pronominal adjective.-The same duties were expected of each -The first time 1 was on the lake, I had an attack of sea-sickness -I am 5«^'"^7- A ' 1«««"»-Jame8 left home on the 20th of September" 1866.-1 wenu, large vessels sailed up the river in one day.-SEVEui were late.-I^Kw know how to be grateful.-EiTHER will come -H^ rJwarde°d. ""'•'"' ti»««--MANV were punished.-NoNE should be 10^! »fste:^:!*^tK£iU!;si^^*>- 5-* >-<^.''e ^- ^Sa:sJTir*9Ssa^i»^»., • Lesson XXXVII._Adjectiv«. 5, -using .,^,. »i„tSng Jrr "* "" "™ °'«"»^ -• -» 91. Adjectives may be compouiut in form ■ «, „ f„„, , . ^ . home-made ta^,. * Anglo-Canadi^T^r '"""'''•'^ »»'""'.• J. No„.. .„ „,.,„ „3ed « .die^tiv.., .,, « g„„ ,,^_. „ ^„^^ •ronominal ./».,^;et?..,i^si^ris^^^^^^ 1. Small, 0, Fourth, n. 2. German, p. Irish -American, KiBmg.pwrt. Soft c X wentieth, w. Thiw imi 8ilver,o.r«.*aj Enco^ri^g. II. Sentence, to be completed. -Supply . partWpi., ^^^^^_ a Newton was a iear>ie(t man lfljy«?,li''*^S*'* y°'"" *«'«i'«d parents Thif i«^;* "'•«'*'»*«» picture * 1 hat 18 pleasivg news Our hope is in the Hsino generation. tw"L?sTdreitn"oSn'u^:3^^^^ form and goblet.-Tho farmer "s Tellfna ^ *? adjective.-Give metheli™ the Emerald Isle -Thrc£nt.^S'"". '"'^''^ Preserves a deep love for PiNB door has shrunk iTSeJm,,?'' ^!,''' '°''* '^'^ «*« chafr.-Thaf chored m the harbor —That i« o.! / /*'"»wo.— An ikon shin k an- .... ^...„ uauic. ^ ffliai!^'°"-^''^^-«- i>'.-.«/«..-I had lovea, thou hadst .ov«. I S8 Lesson XXXVIII.— Comparison of Adjectives. comJa4^^°"^®^ ^*^®' commonly, no modification, but the forma of ^iffl: Comparison is a variation of the adjective to express qualitv in different degrees; as, hdrd, harder, hardest; soft, softer softest. t.«rf hPf ®.*/if ^^^^ ^^Srees of comparison ; the Positive, the Com- parative, and the Superlative. i«^?; o^^® Positive Degree is that which is expressed by the adjective in Its simple form ; as, " He is wise and happy." aJUli"^^^ Comparative Degree is that which is more or less than f™^'°^"°"n''*'*,f ""''^^ **= ^"' "^ '"'""^ '^ larger t/*an an elepham; a mouse is smaller tfmn a rat." ^ ' {r,S°^^ '^^"S. 103. Some dissyllables are compared like monoByllables ; as narrow narroiver, narrowest ; noble, nobler, noblest narrow, ■ ^f' ^'^J??*^^®^ ending in V preceded by a consonant, change v into I before addmg er and est ; as, happy, happier, happiest. ^ JaLI^.^ t^""^-^ i diminution are expressed by the adverbs less ImiablT """"' *^* '' '"'"'''^'^' '®*^ "'«''''''''' J«wt irreguliriyf-**^ Comparison. -The following adjectives are compared^ Comparative. better, worse, later or latter, less, more, nearer, older or elder, Positive. Good, Bad or ill, Late, Little, Much, Near, Old, Superlative. best, worst. latest or last, least, most. nearest or next, oldest or eldest. m^^w^l ^^^ adjectives of i^ore than one syllable generallv ct nnarert? 103 How do Bome disKyllables form the comparative and simeXtivo '^^tn^^^^ if *ll^^^"''"'S "I" preceded by a conHomu t, ¥re comiSl how'? «H^W^^^ are the degrees of diminution expressed ?-lob. Compwe Gooi s^' ^°'' Positive. Comparative. Superlatire. I. Comparison of Adjectives.-Compare the adjectives of this sec tion by the addition of er and e.t.-Compare thorn Lo by meJuofm adverbs more and most.-Give aha the degrees 0/ diminution ^ Positive. Comparative. Superlative. 3. Witty, Wittier, Wittiest. ijate, Later or Latest or T« 1 -r -^^f^e''. I^ast. ^ovely, Loveher, Loveliest. Humble, Humbler, Humblest. I'leasant, Pleasanter, Pleasantest. *• i'«''iorIl], Worse, Worst. Merry. Merrier, Merriest. Morose, Moroser, Morosest. JNear, Nearer, Nearest or Next C«v, Coyer, Coyest. Oentle, Good, Herene, Hap Muo' >py. )h, 2. Gloomy, Pretty, Gay, Old, Noble, Gentler, Better, Serener, Happier, More, Gloomier, Prettier, (iayer. Older or Elder, Nobler, Gentlest. Best. Sereiiest. Happictit. Most. Gloomiest. Prettiest. Gayest. Oldest or Eldest. Noblest. »e, he will y TI. Sentences to be completed. -W Lore the dash occurs insert an adjective that will complele llie sense. -7V'// if the adjective fmvliJd can be compared by means of the adverbs more aid mos^.TesH JCt 1. Denis 18 of a.hnppier disposition than Edward. I- lorenoe is tlio (layest girl of the party. '• Kthet^^£2r^;^'z;?7^^i';?s''^*-"i>--- A morose cnaratiter never meets with favor Klizabeth has the prettiest dress at tlio party. Oral Conjugation.— /(i(?/r((/ii'/' Future Perfect -I ahnll l>a«« i^.,„i ik Wilt I shall have read, thou wilt...... isnnii have loved, thou *o Lesson XL. Literary Selection for Explanation and Study. The City Eat and the Coontbt Rax. A city Rat, one night, Did, with a civil stoop, A country Rat invite To end a turtle soup. Upon a Turkey -carpet They found the table spread, And sure I need not harp it How well the fellows fed. 10 16 The entertainment was A truly noble one ; But some unlucky cause Disturbed it when begun. It was a slight rat-tat, That put their joys to rout ; Out ran the city Eat ; His guest, too, scampered out. Our rats but fairly quit, The fearful knocking ceased. " Return we," cried the Cit, " To finish there our feast." " No," said the rustic Rat ; " To-morrow dine with me. I'm not offended at Your feast so grand and free, •• For I've no fare resembling ; Rut then I eat at leisure, And would not swap, for pleasure , bo mixed with fear and trembhng." —La Fonta ine ( 1631 1695). Have the selection read, and require an oral statement of its oonteuts. 20 35 Literary Analysis. 1. Pkbsonaohs. Who were the two actors in this fable f~A citv rat :ma a .'■muttif rat. Tm* AND Placu. Where did the entortaiumeut take place ?-i« a room, on a Turkey -carpet. 2. Words and Actions. 8. RK8ri,T. MoRAZb Literary Analysis. 5, 4. What invitation did the city rat tender to 2. Was the repast a sumptuous one ?-It wa» an 1 1 SSI '*f •'^ ^* ^-^ *''.'"^« ««'■*«• 4. Did the rata continue their meal ?-iV^t) • they stovvedT ^^ ''\ Pf T«« ^^«» *he noise city rat ?-.yo, but he invited the city ratZ ^Mch is not mixed xvithfea^ «^c.i,usT{^^dofmtce) ^ °' "^"^^'^ '^^^ '-^'^• What animals hunt ratst-The cot, the terrier Where is Turkey ?4irj;Lt l/^^^JT^I^'^S '""'-" '' '"■ ^)al7Zi:. ^^^«" *^ ^•^e in^ahita^nr^fXkey.-r^, .„ What is a r«rA.Cir»c{?- 'r^.r;!'' "^'^^''* '^over for tables. caxyetsarermZinVrL-' '"''' ^"'V '^^rpet.-Beautiful rich Name another kind of carpet.-Bnt,,«fe carpet ^"SiulZTatl'r ^"""^ ''' ^^^^^Xd^-Thcy found the S?! *°°*,^«'" expression for ,pread.~Laid. r.ndu ■lif^ x"."'"^".' -^ApieBBion for harp it. —Tell relnt^'it What IS felUnvs used tor ?~Thf rats. ' " *'' -Vliat 18 meant by entertainment in this place?— ^ «««i Prom wbaf is t,-«iy derived ?-^Fro/« true 63 Questions and Suggestions. 21 22. 23. 24. 26. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 82. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. Is there any change made in the original word before adding h, ) —Yes, the final e is dropped. "^ What is the meaning of nohU here 'i—Very good, sumptuous. What 18 the opposite of unlucky ?— Lucky. What is a rat-tat ?—A rapping noise. Express differently put their joyx to route.~Put an end to their joys. Express scampered out otherwise.— /ian out with speed. Ciive the 17th hne in other worda. —Scarcely had the rats left. What word expresses the same meaning &b ceased ?— Stopped. For v/ha,t IB at used?— For city rat. What is the meaning of rustic?— Country like, rural. Is rustw ever used as a noun?-lV.; as, " The rustic invited the cit to dine with hm." Whatsis the meaning of feast in this place ?~A rich repast, a ban- What is the meaning of dine ?—To take dinner For what is I've used ?—I have. What takes the place of thO letters omitted P-.-ln apostrophe ('). Why 18 this done }—To make the line a syllable shoAer. What 18 meant by no fare resembling ?—That the rustic rat has no sumptuous food such as that of the city rat. What is the meaning of eatai leisure ?-To eat at one's ease, with- out interruption. Use another word for swap.^Change, exchange. What is the meaning of the last two lines ?-rfte rustic rat tells t^e nobby city rat that he would not change his modest, quiet, country lie, or he pleasures of the city life, which are filled with various Ai»i(i« (1/ annoyances. fearful. il' k!^! J^ "°."'f ''^ Ihf ^'^^ 8tanza.-i?«^ night, stoop, rat, soup. 42. Name the articles of the second stanza.— ,4 (i.), the (d) the (d\ 43. Name the adjectives in the 4th stanza.-S/^H S ^ ^ ^^* mr?92t7„X" ^7 r '■■ "^ '' " "'"'"' ''"' "'"-' '* ''"«^'* '" 9ualify ^at- (J'ij-TurUt, 4th line, also a noun used as an adjective 4o. Compare/Trand 24th line.- -Gm«d, grander, grandest. (94-99) Compare /ear/«J, 16th Ime.-Fearful, more fearful, LstJ 47. Point out a numeral adjective in the first stanza.— One (88)— T, ' '® '^"^ ™*y ^ ^^^^ *" ^ equivalent to a.) ' :« S?u" °"' ^ pronominal adjective in the 3rd stanza. -One ^89) 49. Why a numeral in the Ist line and a pronominal in the 10th ?- /nXLTVsf'agT"'* '" "'"" "' ''" "'"'• ""'' ^''''^'' ''' "««« 50. Compare 7w6>e, lOth line, by the degrees of diminution le.^s noble, least noble. (105) ■2'\oble, Exercises in Phraseology and Composition. 63 /.■u^i"!,*''** "'*"'®'' °^ ^^"'^'"''^ adjectives that may be used with each of the following: God, man, child, old man, squinel, dog. ' 1. God is eternal, infinite, good, just, merciful, almighty. 2. ^Va» ,8 mortal, finite, weak, powerless, fragile, sinful d. A cA^W m giddy, light, gay, noisy, merry, thoughtless. 4. An old man IB grave, serious, thoughtful, prudent. gracefiih "''" '' ^^"*'^' '^''"'y- *«''"' ^'«^*' watchful, nimble, brisk. 6. The do!f is docile, obedient, grateful, vigilant. II. Tell what the following may be said to be: A book, a letter, the^ mouth, the eyes, the teeth. 1. A book may be bound,covered, gilded I Th!'^"' T^ be large, small, capital, Roman, Italic 3. The imuth may be largo, Hinail, open, closed, yawning. 4. Ihe eyes may l.voiy p.eroing. brilliant, dim, dull, vfcant. 5. The teeth may bo whfte, decayed, rotten, carious, hollow. III. Place at the end of the sentence the portion given at the be- gnuilag in Italics. Pond's Edition: In warm weather a gentle ^ ^'""mather f '^'"'"' """^ ''^^'' '' "■ P'^*^*"^ ^'^^^ ^^ ^<^rm A strong cord is needed /or tying heavy articles. The ram fell heavily. The lesson was explained very clearly. Ihe musician sings sweetly. m 1 Exercise on Homophonous Words. IV.-l. Aisle. Isle. Lain. Lane. 2. Lead. Led. Lessen. Lesson. 8. Lie. Loan. Lone. Lye. 4. Made. Maid. Mail. Male. Where the dash occurs insert a suitable word from the above list. ' ^' "^^ '"thi^cFt"''*'^ '" "'^ """"^^ °* *^^ "''^'*' "'"^^ ""^«« f»-o'" ru walk down the aisle of the cathedral. He has lain down to sleep at the foot of the lane. VK'' 64 Phraseology and Composition. 2. The guide led me to the lead mines. Every pupil should learn his Uhhou well. You should try to lesxen your expenses. 8. Never be bo base as to lie, because a lie offends God. Lye is made from the ashes of wood. They left him in lone woods. George has the loan of my dictionary. 4. The vest was made to order. The maid has swept the room. The male sheep has horns. The letter will go by the next niail. V. Write a compoaitiou on " Oor Daily Bre.u).'' Lesson XIJ.-Chapikk IV.-Pronouns. Personal Pronouns. 65 IDT. A Pronoun is a word used instead of a noun- as " Th ; loves h,s book ; he /,«« Ion, lesson., and he learn. ^ZZ.'ir"' ^'' "^ andi«:::rr" ""^''^ ^"*° "^^^^ «>--- ^--'. ^^^^.•-. whaTpetrnUr' """""" " * ^""•'"" ^^'^^ «^-« ^^ "« 'orm of C^rr"*' ^""^""^ ^" ^^^'^^^ -*o *- classes. Sim,U and . Ju^of"': stoSrcx' TdTyr Ih= .'• °^ *'^ «-* ^--^ plurals, ,... ycm, they ' " ^^''^ ^''°''' ^"»^ tb«ir 111. Name tHe simple personal pronoins '""' P««onal|pronoun9 diWded ?- "'^'^^^■^r&s^^:;.^^tz^^^z^d.^^» 1. Attentive, Inattentive. Capable, Incapable. Commodious, Incommodioiu. ?f^h^?' Incomplete. CoiTiglble, Incorrigible. 2. Happy, Easy, Haudy, Merciful, Pleasant, ynhappy. Uneasy. Unliandy. Unmerciful. Unpleasant. peSon^*"''"*' Pronouns-Insert a pronoun of the first or second ^^ ^^^ Pava and Mamma. parents Ct nrso^mat^Xat^'can V^^Mv^'ite '"-e letters to their &S/ls in1° "z"^^vT.ii^^n{f W"*" i^"^""sVXt"rii?tre nuSerfSd two* Wa"!;S^r*5S P*"?*^ P^°°«"«« of the singular done th^ mSchS and / l^-- ^""ki "*' ^'""^ number.-YouK -The birdTs buil5h?//,e^ne8t SJr'T/'""' «*"^'* love the Lord! daily-THBY were very attenHv«~^ '"°*^*''' instructs the children H- i° « J V ~- " "■"entive.— We are eoino tn +1,0 ^^uiuu:^^ x.„ .„ „ g^ ^y.-sne 18 industrious.-/* iseleiant.™" •"""*''*^""'-- lov°rie^°:!!"!±-(~^„r4^i^^^^^^^^ (can or must) love, thoumayst IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) / V if 4^ 4^c 1.0 I.I 3.2 3.6 Itt Ui Li 140 1-25 lllu I Mil I 2.5 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.6 1 SOmni . •^ ^ ▼ik.'# *' ^ ^ /^PPLIELJ J IIS/l4Ge . Inc .:g 1653 East Main Street ■j^g l Rociiester. N/ 14609 USA j^g ls Phone: 716,'482-0300 .J=r-.;^= Fax: 716/286-5989 e t W3, ApplWd Image, Inc . AU Righlt R«Mfv«d k^' :i>^ i\ <> V ^. ^^^ "^CN ;\ '4^ P^b^ 66 T.EssoN XLII.— Personal Pronouns. 112. The Declension of a Pronoun it) a regular arrani^ement of iti nnmb«r8 hikI chhcs. 118. Declension of the Simple Personal Pronouns. Penton. PlunU. we, our or own, Ufl. you, your or yours, you. they, their or theirs, theni. they, their or theirs, them. they, their or theirs, thorn. 114. Of the two forms of tlio jxiBsesHive case, jinj, our; thy, your : her, their, the former is used before ti noun expressed; as, *' This it my l)Ook;" and thhie, yours; hem, thfirn, are naed when the governing noun is understood or ac some distance; as, " ThU book it mine;" " Thete clothes are yours." 116. The word «<■// added to tlie simple personal p>vnouns, my, thy, him, her, its, forms the class of Compnuml Personal Pronoutis, mytetf, thyulf, himself, herself, itself. They have no possessive case, and are alike in the nominative and objective. Firtt, Seamd, Third, Third, Third, Ueiiil er. (Ume. 1 Snni, Siminhn: I, Ma*. or Fem. i'lmH. S'OHI. my or mine, mo ; Th.Ml, Mas. or Fern. Pofs. "»'•, .nd 8„,der ., it, *^* Declension of Who. «. , , f 'V"'«. Who. Swffular and /'/»//•«/. j Pohh. whose, -^^J;S:^pf';5;;^rt^ - ^'^^ po-B-ive of oris JL\^,rfS' a^Ki S:? ^s;r r I'^rx'^y '^^^^ -- M-fto, wA.cA and what. ^ ^'^ ''''''' ""-'^' '"'^^ *h« relatives il2i?°* "« y«" "ocline .«*/^7"\ t? und'/ mf."",';'^' V^''',.'*" antecedent?- fomed.'-How are they dccH,,," •< n .oiin .*'fiV""'»"'|J"'' »*«>ativo Pronou" *■ SS ""J'* ** truthful is honored. The dog which barkH H»,ldom biteit. , '• efflreT.jS;re%'l.«"°'* --«'-- «'ves. 1. superior to ».. I did not hear what he »Hid. onyer^rpe^o^LfprJSoSs^'rS'S^^ Pr**""' •"<» two line. ^ all things. IB eternal.- Tin" ?; the bov «LT^'^' '"'" ""^ «"•«*»«» man otwhom{o.) I bouVl t the knif^L.T.w **•] T'' <"•> >"«*— The knife to MK (0.) in iVh" « ; i Le -i n wK^^^^^ o«t. ^ave a better obey THK,Hrp./pa,entH.--A' iS ,A! nHtoL J"'^ '"Y- **»« ^^^''^ .on«eatoapoor.an.wa.c«n«hri:;T.iy^^^^^^^^^ 'o^ tlSiyS^^ SC^^'-'^ '"•"^^"-^ '-•'-^ »>»ve loved, thou «.y.t hare ,,•^^.1. .ona.tln.e. -r.Utiy.-^^^^^^^^Tj;^^^ 68 I-KssoN XIJV. — Interrogative Pronouns. 138. Au Interrogfttive Pronoun i» a pronoun with which a question is asked. 124. Tliu iiiterro^jHtive pronouns are the same in form us the rela- tives. They are who, whieh, and what. 126. H^/io is applied to persons ; as, "Who i» there V 120. Which is applied to persons in asking questions, to lower animals, and to things ; as, "Which of the feoy« .»"—" Which ot the horsesi "--" Which of the balU7' 127. What is applied only to tilings ; as, " What kind of pfiu are theeel" 128. The interrogative pronouns are declined like the correspond- ing relative pronouns. 123. What is an Interrogative Pronoun ?- 124. What is the form of the inter- rogative pronounH V — ItJj. How is who anpliedV— 120. Which /—IZJ. Whatf— IKJ. How are the interrogative pronouux deoliiied V— Dei'.liue thum. NoM. Who, PoRB. whose, Obj. whom ; which and wluit, like the relatives, have no posseM- ive case, and they aru alike in the nominative and the objective. I. Formation of Nouns. — Form nouns from the following words by adding the suffix ion, ment, ery, er, imj, iit, ioner, tan, or. — Tell whether the given word is a verb or a noun. 1. Kxoept, v., Coufe8H,v., Divide, v., Invent, v.. Enchant, v., fl. DlRtill, v.. Print, »i. or v., Bing.ii. ort'.. Swell, ti.. Bind, v., Jixception. ConfesHioit, Diiyition. Invention. Enchantment. DiitilUry. Printer. Hinner. Swelling. Binder. 3. Oun, 11., Walk, »i. or ti., Oardun, n.. Moral, aeU: Machine, n., i. Parisb, n.. Drug, n. Muuc, V Corned", . Govern, v., Ounner, nalker. Gardener. MoralUt. Machiniit. Parishioner. Druggist. MiufMan. Comedian. Oovernor. II. Sentences to be completed. — Insert jt.'.i interrogative that will complete the sense. — .ink what nine. — Exercise on the Interroyation (See Lesson LXXIX.). 1. IV'io was the inventor of printing '.' (Quteuberg.) What in a house 'i* Who waH Columbus? (A Genoese.) KVio«> clotbeH are thuHe ? S. Which book will you take? What Ih wanted? Which ot the boys did the mischief ? . What Ih the name of the Hchool you attend? III. Draw one line under the relatives and two lines under the interrogatives.— .1«A: the pupiU to navie the personal pronouns, and the number, 2>eriion, j/eiider, and case of each pronoun. — He is one of the best men that ever lived. — Who did it? — I don't know who did it.— Who- ever he is, he is a mean fellow. — He knows not what has happened.— He whose honor is at stake is defending himself. — Whom do you mean? — Whichever way you go, be on your guard. —lF/io«o'»Wt»tion of man And thus his petition In-Kai, : "J''" "»"w'«conui,«d..wn very fa«f No KhelteriH found in the tree; • When you hear the unpitvini blast I pray you take pity on me ^^ ' " ^M 'u^""-^ '^'*'' siunmer have flown • Th^^^^'r. "'«*«• bright colors shTw-' And I'm almost buried in snow. And not trouble you any more. " B. ' *"•"• "'""°° "*"■ *"■' '-"™ - -' ".-u.„. „ ,.. ..„.„^ 1. PERSONAaES. Time aud Puck. '-• W0R»B ANI. Actions. Literary Analysis. "stin^atLj;/;" •!!'!!r"^ fy in tlu, fourth i*al.,m buried in the 'iZ ""■''■ "'"' *' -1 1. 2, f 70 8. Rrbolt. Moral. Literary Analysis. Why does the sparrow relate all his sufferinga ? — To prepare for hi$ petition for food. What lesson should be drawn from these verses .' —Charity for the destitute mid tht homeleM in winter. ^H 1. 2. ^^H ^^B ^^H ^^Hi ^^■B ^^^H ^^Hi ^^^H ^HH ^^^H HHn ^^Br ^^Blji 16. ^^■jf! 17. ^^H ^^B 20. HHl!^: ^Hj:' ^■f^^ 23. Wm^^ ^^Bi 26. ^^■1 ^Hf ^Hi ^' ^■i ^- ■ 80. Questions and Suggestions. Use another expression lor fonuken.— Fallen jnm. What is a tree"! — A plant which »« woody, branch fil, and perennial, generally exceediny ten feet in height. What is & forett f — A large tract of land covered with tree*, and which hat, never been cultivated. What is meant by chilly ami hare1~The weatlur wot cold, and th« leajtett tree* afford no thtlter. What is a brook ?~A amall ttream of water. When does water freeze ?—.-'♦ 3^" Fahrenheit. What is tnowf — Watery particle* congealed into white liakes. Why is there an apostrophe after thro'?— To denote tliat the letten ugh are left out. What is a tmrrow? — A bird that feed* chiefly on in*ecta and $eed». What is a wooill—A large and thick collection of trees, aforut. (Commonly called woodt.) What is the meaning of mug in this plaw ? — Convenient, comfortO' ble. Use other words for luthitntion. —Dwelling, renidence, abode, house. For what is wanderer used? — For sparrow. Use anothtr word tor petition. — Request, prayer. Why is there an apostrophe in snow's 7— To take the place ofi (anow is). fiSpresB the ninth line differently. — It is Knowing quickly. Why is no shelter found in the tree?— Because it is leafless. What is the nnpitying blast ?—The cold wind. From what is unpitying derived ?—From pity, by prefixing un and sufiriiiy tag. Use another word tor pray.— Beseech, What iM an insect ?—A sniull animal with sir leqs, and breathing through tubes running through the bo 'y. What is summer? — The warmest season of the year. What seHHon comes after summer? — FaU- What are the other two seasons? — Winter and spvimi. What are the summer months in Canada ?—.7une, Juli/, Augvtt. What is a berry ?—A small pulpy fmit containing seeds. ' Name some berries.— .S^ravftccrieu, raspberries. What does the apostrophe take the place of in I'm }—It takes the «f^^^ ^r* yT _. \ tnifLr vj a \i. RIJS;. Why ia the a left out ?— I'o nmke the line a ayllaUle sliorttr. What ia the meaning of Iniried ? —Covered out of sight. Questions and Suggestions. 71 81. Use another word for almo»t.—Se»rhj aa' pCn'rii- !?* '"«*"'"« °' /"'y in th» place ;- Have c<»npa»ion. 84. For what is 111 used?— /■«»• I will 8fl" wS^J i^Tjl'"" •"'"'"' ""'T '^'" """ V^'"" «■'"'" ^/«"<« *'//••« to grow ^';;*j;"*^««P"n«'"°"thB in this country ?---.Vrtrcl^Jrtra«rf ^^' ^!!?;.i' "'^ /»«*»'»« of troHhle in thin pluoe ?-2o give occasion 0/ labor ami expense to, to disturb. ^ *^<""""» trees, forests, brooks^ 88. Name the nouna of the flrat stanza.— L«aiy# snow, flakes, air. 39. What is >he sinrular of learcs ?-Leaf. (60) What^kind of an adjective in unpitying }~ A participial adjective. fo' Su** " ^''^ singular of berries ?—Hernj. (48) 48. What 18 the singular of colors ?— Color. (4B) M. Name all the adjectives in the8electior.-(V„7/i/.fc«r<,««w« unnitu 40. Namy he pronouns .n the piece.-«.M.:hi.\,<.r..^T5^^^^^^^^^^ pers. p.; lUth I., I. pers. p.; you, i>«r». p.; me. «?m » • Uthl noSnsl^ ^'^°"' ''"™'^'"' *"^ «*"^'" •^^'h 0' »»>« »bove pro- Exercises in Phraseology and Composition. 1. Tell what is done with a knife, a pccil, a hoe, an ax, a /,«mr»*r. to^peelfnJ/t." '"""^ ^' ""* bread, to carve w.kkI, to sharpen pencils, 2. A pencil is usejl to write, to H«ure. to tnke notes, to draw. fiellstXarS. ''''' "'"'"«* "^ ^'^^ •*"'' '--»"« ^^e earth in 4. An «.r is uhcI to split woH far from one't country, the heart suffers sorely. 1. The heart suffers sorely when fur from one'* country. 2. It is agreeable to rest after hard li-orl;. 8. A youth is preserved from many dangers under the nuardiannhijt of hU parent*. 4. A fortune is made by economy. 5. One can never be lonesome with a flood txml-. B. All nature is revived at the rininy of the »nn. 7. There is no h^^yiuew witttout peace of contcie nee. tV.— 1. Main. 2. Meet. Mane. Mete. Meat. Miner. Meet. Minor. Exercise on Homophonous Words. 8. Knew. 4. Knot. Knight. None. New. Not. Night. Nun. Wl'.ere the dash occurs inseii; a suitable word from the above list. 1. The State of Maine is washed, in part, by the waters of the nuiin. The maiu is an ornament to the horse. It is not meet to throw away good meat. 2. Have you asked him to nute the land honestly ? I did not meet the traveler yesterday. That young lady is a minor. The miner has come up from the coal mine. 8. That gnu with a new halter about his neck, was caught in Africa. Sam knea his lessons. The kniyht walked un the ramparts the whole niyht. 4. I have none of them. A HUH should be respected, because she devotes her life to the good of humanity. Jane did not open the knot. V. Write a description of the City is which too i.ivk. Chapter V.— Verbs. y, 120. A Verb is a word used to express action or beine : as. 'VoAn writes a letter."—" (hnl is." 180. Verbs are divided, with respect to their nuianing, into two classes , Trmudtive and Intransitive. rJnlfL^ Transitive Verb is a verb that expresses action ?A?L%'°r7r?"i,°' '^""^ '° T^^^'-' «»' "'^''*''/'* strikes «A« desk.*'—" 1 he desk was struck hy Jimph." 182. An Intransitive Verb is a verb that expresses bein& or action not done to another ; as, 'Hrud is."~" Henry runs?'- 188. Verbs are divided, with resi^ect to their form, into three classes; lleyuhr, hmjular, and Pt/ertive. 184. A Regular Verb is a verb that forms its preterit and |»erfect participle by the addition of d or ed to its root T fove, lored ; iiann, ininntd. ' ^ thesi^nTrl'^ Root of a verb is the present infinitive without 186. The regular verbs that form their preterit and uerfect thavtd ^ ^"^ '^ °"'^' ''"'^ '" '•■ ^'' '"'■*' ''"'^^ ' **^«'^«. 187. An Irregular Verb is a verb that does not form .♦. preterit or perfect participle by adding ,/ or ed to the root : ■ hreak, broke, broken. * ' ' 188. A Defective Verb is a verb that forms no participles and IS not used in all the moods and.tenses ; as, bJare'o^ht 189. Verbs have modifications of four kinds; Moods, Temes rersom, and A iiinber.H. ' ' 140. Moods are modifications of the verb, to express some particular manner of the action or being. ^ 141 There are five moods ; the Infinitive, the Indicative, the rotential, the Snhpmtive, and the hnperatire. ' 142. The Infinitive Mood is used to express action or being without person or number ; as, "/ /o«W to see /,"/«" rf» l;i3. With recard to their for.,. h«".l i-Ji?.. .TTI??- A" J.!'>«l»i.>«"tiye Verb ?- \«b7— 185. What is theKoot of a VOTlr^Cf'tf;"'ui.'i'?'„„„i::'; "'"^A"," ^"Kuiai- by adding d only ?-137. "WTiat is au IrrtL^nuf V.ri *>* ^m***'^"? their nrsterit 1*. What modihoations liave VMi^r^'tvimTaieli^^ ^"•''''~ inoods are the. « -Na«e theu,.-,«. 1.^*1? wW.XlX't'w^Vlood:.^'?^ i 74 Verbs. i' 148. The Indicative Mood is generally used to express • declaration or an interrogation; as, ''John is therfi." — "la John there ? " 144 The Potential Mood is generally used to express power, aberl/. possibility, or necessity; as, "/can write."— •• He may go."—'' J>imv» might mmc"- -" Sanih must do it." 146. The Subjunctive Mood is generally used to express condition, doubt, or contingency ; as, " //" he come he will be welcome." ContiiigeHCit iiieaui posRibility or iiiiceitaiiity of uccui-ring. 146. The Imperative Mood is generally used to express a command, an exhortation, or an entreaty, with reference either to present or future time : as, " Study ifour lessnnit."— "Go in peace." — '• J heseirh i/nii come iril/i in,-." 147. Tenses are modifications of the verb used to distin- guish the time of the action or being. 14a There are six tenses ; the l*rrscnt, the I'list, the Perfect, the Pluperfect, the FiUure, and the Puture Per feet. 149. The Present Tense is used to express what exists or is taking place ; as, " G»J is."—" The Imy studies." 160. The Past Tense is used to express vhat took place or was occurring in time fully past; as, "i studied Inst niaht." —"/was writing." 161. The Perfect Tense is used'to express what has taken place in some period of time not fully |)ast : as, "/have studied to-day." 162. 'i'he Pluperfect Tense is used to express what had taken place at or before some past time mentioned ; as " i had finished wy exercise when he entered." — " 'The ship had sailed be/ore the viuil arrind." 168. The Future Tense is used to express what will take place in time to come ; as, " / shall study to-morrow." 143. For what is the ludinAtlvu \rnnil ii$u/l9 iii Ti,« u..^....^!.i « ... — , Subjunctive ?-!«. I'he lniperatrve?-147. Wliatare TeiisVs?-!^' How miav JSP'SL*'?.*^*.^-**'- ^^O' w*>»t '" »»'« Present Teuse used ?'-l.W The pSi IM. Tb« P«rf««*?-I6a. TUO Pluperteoty-jsa. The Future y ">«*•"»?•- Verbs. 71 of lllVvoic^rS!'"!" "'" '"^ '" ' ««"!»' arrangement oi^aii its voices, moods, tenses, persons, numbers, and partici- fZrcm' '■'""*■'•' "'"'■ '>^"- »" ■"-•• o.her';:r"ar?Kd' arcSWr:?„S!?,e^eti„tV4t;^^^^^^^^^^^^ of other verbs. ^ *^° '" *"^ conjugation 160. yy,., do, and ////iv are also complete verbs. 162. There are two voice (he Aetire and the /W,W. 168. The Active Voice is that form of a tra ..itive verb which denotes that the .tubject ilues the artirm ,.v.>. a u , verb; as. '^V.M•o« irivaded^f^'^ " """ expressed by the '^^^^^^^^^^i;^Z^^^^ Y''** -■« the Persou HonB in each number ?-l37.WhM I^the^S^\'' ''•'•^^^ AuxillBry Verbs—Why are they ca lie auxni.,ip:. V.'JJ "?«"' -!«> Name the that are complete verbs -ini *w.!lt i*"?/!!*''*" !-'"«: Name the au«iiiftrial cn6ray;-y^ ^them.-l«a. V/JTat 1811.8 Aotlv^'^Voioe't-lw^i'^^iJ^i"*' "5 I I It 1^ Verbt. 166. CONJUGATION OF THE VERB HAVI.* Principal Parti. Imperfect Partieiph.. Ptr/eet PartieipUi. Having. Had Pre$fn». Have. Prtlerit. Had. INFINITIVE MOOD. Present Tense. To have. Perfect Tense. To have had. INDICATIVE MOOD. Present Tense. Singular. Plural. J- I have, 1. We have, 2. Thou hast, 2. You have, 8. He has ; 8. They havft Past Tense. SUigular. Plural. I' Ihad, 1. We had, 2. Thou hadst, 2. You had, 8. He had ; 8. They had. Perfect Tense. HuiNn: Hare, ha»l, ha*. Sini/ulur. Plural. 1. I have had, 1. We have had, 2. 1 hou hast had, 2. You have had, a He has had ; 8. They have had Pluperfect Tense. Hixcis: Ilail, hail»t. fihujulur. Plural. 1. I had had, l. We had had, 2. Thcu hadst had, 2. You had had, 8. He had had ; 8. Thev had had 1, Umt it ^ (rantltiro verb used only in tlie Ac-nvp Voick. ^Vl.' tct ParlieipUi. Had. id. ad, had I, d, ad. Singular. !■ I shall have, 2- Thou wilt have, W. He will have; Verbs. Future Tente. HioNH : Shall, will. 11 Plural. 1. We shall have. 2. You will have, H. Ihey will have Future Perfect Ten se. HioNs: Sh,ll har,, , rill hare. Sintfular. „, , 1 T u .. . Plural. 1- I Shall have had. i w^ u n l 2. Thou wilt have had I' v ^ m ?*''* ^"^ a. He wi.1 have had « tk" *' ,^"^'^ ''«<^' *^*="aa, a I hey will have had. POTENTIAL MOOD. Present Tense. Siriffular. I T , Plural. i. I may have, i w« ^ i. ^ Thou .ays. have. l ZZlyt'i 0- He may have : n Tk. ^ l ' •^ ' o. I hey may have. Past Trnse. Sionb: Mi!,ht, could, mmhl. or »h,mhl 1- I might have, i. We mi^ht have 8 H.°" T k''' ''^""' 2. You mfght hav<; a. He might have; a They m^t hlvi. Perfect Tense. BioNs: A/rty, c««, or mmt hare. 1 T _ r . Plural. 2. Thou myst'iirv'e had I' v^ ^^^ ''^^^ *'*^' 8. He may have had / 8 Th" """^ 'l?^^ '^^^ ' ••»"* «. 1 hey may have had. 7« Verba. Pluperfect Tense. Bionk: Miiiht, miild, would, or ghmdd have. Sinijular. Plural. 1. I might have had, 1. We might have had, 2. 1 hou mightst have had, 2. You might have had. a He might have had ; 3. They might have had. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. Present Tense. Singular. 1. If I have, 2, If thou have, 8. If he have ; Plural. 1. If we have, 2. If you have, 9. If they have. Past Tense. Singular. 1. If I had, 2. If thou had, 8. If he had; Plural. 1. If we had, 2. If you had, 8. If they had. IMPERATIVE MOOD. Present Tense. Singular. pl^^^„l 2. Have thou y»- do thou have. 2. Have you «;• do you have. Participles. Imperfect. Having. Perfect. Had. Preptrfect. Having had. Verbs. 79 166. Pre$mt. Be. C()N)U(;a rioN of thk verp be. Principal Parts. rvfterit. Imjwrferi r.rli.ipi,. Perfect PartidfU. Was. Being. Been. INFINITIVE MOOD. Present Tense. To be. Perfect Tense. To have been. INDICATIVE MOOD. Present Tense. Siiifiuhir. 1. I am, ■ 2. Thou art, 8. He is; ShiffiiJar. 1. I was, 2. Thou wast, 8. He was ; Plural. 1. We are, 2. You are, 8. I'hey are. Past Tense. Plural. 1. We were, 2. You were, '' 'J'hey were. Perfect Tense. 1. Il;avebeen, i. We have been, fl V u T ''^^"' 2. You have been, 8. He has been ; 8. They have been. Pluperfect Tense. . ''^'"^"^'•- Plural. i. 1 had been, i. yVe had been, 2. 1 hou hadst been, 2. You had been, 8. He had been; 8. They had been. 8o Verbs. Future Tense. Singular. 1. I shall be, 2. Thou wilt be, 8. He will be ; Plural. 1. We shall be, 2. You will be, 9. They will b& Future Perfect Tense. Simjulav. 1. I shall have been, 1 2. Thou wilt have been, 2 8. He will have been ; 3 Plural. We shall have been You will have been, They will have been. 1. 2. 8. 1. 2. 8. POT^ENTIAL MOOD. Present Tense. Siunular. I may be. Thou mayst be, He may be ; Plural. 1. We may be, 2. You may be, 8. They may be. Past Tense. Singular. I might be. Thou mightst be, He might be ; 1. 2. 8. Plural. We might be. You might be, They might be Perfect Tense. Sitiguhir. 1. I may have been, 2. Thou mayst have been, 8. He may have been ; Plural. 1. We may have been, 2. You may have been, 8. They may have been Singular. 1. I might have been, 2. Thou mightst have been, 8. He might have been ; Pluperfect Tense. Plural. 2. You might have been, 8. They might have been. fUngntHr. 1. If I be, 2. If thou be, 8. If he be; Shiffiilar. 1. If I were, 2. If thou were, 8. If he were ; Verbs. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. Present Tense. Plural. 1. If we be, 2. If you be, 3. If they be. Past Tense. Plural. 1. If we were, 2. If you were, 8. If they were. IMPERATIVE MOOD. Present Tense. Singular.' 2. Be thou or do thou be o n^ '",' u u.ou oe. 2. Be you or do you be; Imperfect. Being> Participles. Perfect. Been. 8i Prttperfect. Having been. 167. CONJUGA-riON OF THE REGULAR TR4NSI TIVE VERB LOVE. ^«A«i»I- ACTivE voice. Princinal Paffe ■« — — • to. Prttent, Love. Pait. Loved. Present Participle. Loving. Paat Participle, Loved. 89 Verbs. INFINITIVE MOOD. Present Tense. Singular. 1. I love, 2. I'hou lovest, 8. He loves ; riuraU 1. We love, 2. You love, b. They love. Singular. 1. I loved, 2. Thou lovedst, 8. He loved; Past Tense. Plural. 1. We loved, 2. You loved, .S. They loved. Perifect Tense. 8ionh: Have, ha»t, ha». Singular. Plural. 1. I have loved, 1. We have loved, 2. Thou hast loved, 2. You have loved, 8. He has loved ; H. They have loved. Pluperfect Tense Sion: Had. Singular. 1. I had loved, 2. Thou hadst loved, 8. He had loved ; Plural. 1. We had loved, 2. You had loved, 8. They had loved. 1. 2. 8. Future Tense. SiuNs : Shall, will. Singular. Plural. 1. I shall love, 1. We shall love, 2. Thou wilt love, 2. You will love, 8. He will love ; 8. They will love. Future Perfect Tense. Hiavs: Shall or will hat^e. Singul^tr. Plural. J chnll hq»r eViill Im.io 1/\.>a<1 Thou wilt have loved, 2. You will have loved. He will have loved; 8. They will have loved. Verba. POTENTIAL MOOD. Present Tense. SiaNs: Mtnj, can, or must. , /'".''"^«'-- Plural. 1. I may love, i. We may love, 2. Thou mayst love. 2. You may lov^. 8. He may love; «. They may lovk Past Tense. Smnh: Miyht, cwild, u-ouhl, or «;»o«M. J- ^"'gh^ .'ove, 1. We might love. 2. Thou mightst love, 2. You might Z^, a He might love ; a They might love. Perfect Tense. StoNH: A/ay, cow, or mwjtt Aaw. Singular. p^^^^^^ 1. I may have loved, l. vVe may have loved 2. Thou mayst have ioved, 2. You may have loJed 8. He may have loved ; 8. The. may have loved Pluperfect Tense. Signs : Might, could, uumld, or should have. Singular. p^„^^, 1. 1 might have loved, i Wp miVhf »,„ i j 6 iwvc lovea, 8. They might have loved SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. Present Tense. 83 Singular. 1. If Hove, 2. If thou love, 8. If he love; 1. If we love, 2. If you love, y. If they love. 1 1 84 Verbs. Past Tense. Siiijiular. 1. If I loved, 2. If thou loved, 3. If he loved ; Plural. 1. If we loved, 2. If you loved, H. If they loved. IMPKHATTVK MOOD. Present Tense. Singular. Plural. 2. Love thou ui- do thou love. 2. Love you <>/• do you love. Participles. Fretent. Pant. Perfect. Loving. 1-oved. Having loved. lOa CONJUGATION OF THE TRANSITIVE VERB LOVE. PASSIVE VOICE. Principal Parts. Present. Preterit. Imperfect Participle. Love. Loved. Loving. Perfect Participle. Loved. INFINITIVE MOOD. Present Tense. To be loved. Perfect Tense. To have been loved. INDICATIVE MOOD. Present Tense. Singular. Plural. 1. I am loved L We are loved 2. Thou art loved, 2. You are loved, 8. He is loved ; 8. They are loved. Verbs. «S Past Tense. Singutar. 1. I was loved, 1. 2. Thou wast loved, 2. & He was loved ; 8. Perfect Tense. 1. 2. & Plural. We were loved, You were loved, They were loved. Singular. 1. I have been loved, 2. Thou hast been loved, 8. He has been loved ; Plimil. We have been loved. You have been loved, H. They have been loved. 1. 2. Pluperfect Tense. Sinifular. I had been loved, 1. Thou hadst been loved, 2. He had been loved ; ,*). Plural. We had been loved. You had been loved, They had been loved. Future Tense. Sinffular. 1. I shall be loved, 2. Thou wilt be loved, 8. He will be loved ; Plural. 1. We shall be loved, 2. You will be loved, 3. They will be loved. Future Perfect Tense. Singular. 1. I shall have been loved, 1. 2. Thou wilt have been loved, 2. Plural. We shall have been loved, You will have been loved, o tr -11 u L — ; '"'^"j «■ luii will nave oeen loved, u. He will have been loved; 8. They will have been loved. I POTENTIAL MOOD. Present Tense. Singular. 1. I may be loved, 2. Thou mayst be loved, 8. He may be loved ; Plurah 1. \Ve may be loved, 2. You may be love, 8. They may be loved. I 86 Verbs. Past Tense. Sinffufar. 1. I might be loved, 2. Thou mi)j[htst be loved, 8. He might be loved ; Plwal. 1. We might be loved, 2. You might be loved, 8. They might be loved. Perfect Tense. Singular. 1. I may have been loved, 1, 2. Thou .^aysthave been loved, 2. 8. He may have been loved ; 8. Plural. We may have been loved, You may have been loved, They may have been loved. Impe Being Pluperfect Tense. SingiUar. 1. I might have been loved, 2. Thou mightst have been loved, 3. He might have been loved ; Plural 1. We might have been loved, 2. You might have been loved, 8. They might have been loved SUBJUNCTIVE MCOD. Present Tense. Singular. Plural. 1. If I be loved, 2. If thou be loved, 8. If he be loved ; 1. If we be loved, 2. If you be loved, 8. If they be loved. Past Tense. Singular. 1. If I were loved, 2. If thou were loved, 8. If he were loved ; Plural. 1. If we were loved, 2. If you were loved, 8. If they were loved. Verba. IMPERATIVE MOOD. Present Tense. Shfnilar. 2. Be thou loved or do thou be loved PturaL 2. Be you loved or do you be loved. 87 Imperfect. Being loved Participles. Perfect. Loved Preperfeet. ^ Having been loved. 88 Lesson XLVL— Verbs. writei exprwm ? /( MpiwM.^lon WhJt J' *^J'' "'^Z "* *>« -What don* being or «x,.««„r,,._ConJuS^Lfh„v«;hh'?.^'*.°"" ^ 'f^ *>' »«» ? « n««r<. Hi* tent^l Mood. (l&U-Ei f Pn ,cr»r.rPa^r Ha''v-?"hV:.''lL*''i; " 'f " *»»• Po ""•^'"'^ -To have; Per/ecf -To hZeh^iT^^^ •>**• ^''>»'«' thi^xs:; VpiSs'XTh''^^^^^^^ s o?'bS^ '*^^" ^ '' * -•'«*^« 1. Obey, a. Pout, h. Annoy, b. Study, g. Work, o. Lie, b. 2. Avenge, 6. Pardon, u. Forgive, g. Tease, b. Mook, 6. Correct, g. Instruct, g. H. Hletis, g. Sin, b Reflect, {/. Hoast, b. Confess, g. Betray, b. Torment, b. i. Habble, b. Disobey, b. Calumniate, b. Preach, g. Backbite, 6, Detract, b. Kepont, g. II. Verbs.— Insert a suitable verb. '■ u^?°jlf •'""*'*." *•■"*""• *><"' to be patient in trials We shoufd"n^o*r'"''*'f "«•»'«« we n.nst^d^L"*^'; it. ^- spru*ci\^d^o1?e*o^''riJ^'^;7^T^^^ III. Underline the verbs. Spriko. . ,,. , Will Spring re^ow, And birds aad lambs again he gay, And bloBSoms clothe the hawthorne spray ? Yes, prattlers, yes. The daisy's flower Again ghall paint your summer bower ; Again the hawthorne shall giippl,/ The garlands you delight to tie ;' The lambs upon the lea Hhall bound, Ihe wild birds carol to the round, And while you frolic light as they, loo 8ho.« »hall »eem the summer day.— Scott. Lksson XI.VII.— Sentences. 89 ^ . no. The complete «en»e expresBed in a Henteuce is called a prapci- Pr'eLJ^\f*^?^J^ "' -^ -»»«-• -« the .V„.,>c. and the u S/?'*" ^"'*^**=* °' * »«"*«"^« '« that of which it treat.; ».. ..Qod ^7% What 1. the Predicate of a sontllue J ** '" ""' ^"*'^«*'^ °' * •entenoe?-,. t,n.l^4'^'P'i^™/; *5«^^•'e'o;i . Evil communications mrruvt (t.) good mauneib. A landscape presents (i , t pleasing variety of ol.i;H'(,'< III. Indicate orally or by means of |the p'-pfr nruii-u to what class the sentence belongs. — John, stndy your lesson, (t.)— Joachim, where are you going? (tnf.)— Moses died ou Mount Nebo. (d.) — Bona- parte died in exile, (d.) — How kindly he treated his sister I (e.) — Will Thomas return soon ? (int.)— Ask and you shall receive, (t.) — A stitch in time saves nine, (d.) — Who is emperor of Germany.' {int.) — How it Mows I {«.) — A rolling stone gathers no moss, {d.) — Long icicles glis- 'f^. ,i in, tl'e sunlight, {d.) — Wlio founded Toronto? (int.) — Bring me •y oveuv.at. (i.) — Alas, tliey are no morel («.) — Thou shalt honor \ :y fvWisr and thy mother, (i.) -iai CsRJuffstif; - --t»4^rothe Poxt-A rla-y«4, thou playedrt, he ployed ; we I walKed, ^.lou walkedst, he walked ; we Perfect. — I have played, thou hast h'. has ; we have d into four ory. ipreHHeH an \a» not $et." aei » wOni- a question n exolama f—m. What a Int«rroga- esning, how [ntranaitlvti IMood. (16((i . Perfect.— t. or I. iter $houl(l e oak. [tion, ifliiiK q\ien. erb. — The to what ■Joachim, .) — Bona- (e.)— Will -A stitch — How it icles glis- Bring me lilt honor ve played, Lesson XLIX.— Sentence!, 91 *• ^^*' ■^Ar*'!"?'** Sentence it a sentence that consists of a DroDo«i t,on modified ty one or more other propositions ; ii*Chul^^L 'f hey their parenlt. dtterve punithment.'' ^m aren who 182. The propositions in Complex and Compound Sentences ar« oa led clau,e,. Clauses are divided into IndepeSe.utnTv^^J'* 188. An Independent or Principal Clause is a clause that exuresses ci^Asi^s^.'^rSi'^h^/S^i^pSi:^^ a Hl^M''" 'H-t'"-"'"^^^^^ What 1. IK.. What IH an I,K.e„en,lo.ft aSvirHSI'^A^^D^eud^U a'ateT ^'•»"••'•- (132.-Conj„Kate thl, x^rb t Vo.T, me, '"rg\\"?L' Po e^i^t W M^orfZ^ftT*''' I. Predicates.— Add a predicate. 1. .Tohn writes. Klizabeth siiiyn. The girl aewit. 'I'he woman kiiitn. The boy plaua. '■ The foi^lZl'- » T!'« ''*'T«"*?' •«««• 'I'l. 1 •• . T^lia mason buitd*. Tht Im?*" '"""'"'■ '"'e barber shawu. The farmer mou)». The dog tmrke! The husbandman rcrti>«. The klSgrelgnt II. Sentences.-Tell whether the sentence is Hinii.le or Gonii.l«» 1. Faint heartK make feeble hands. (». d ) J-hey »eN„;(. /at once tothuir homes. («. <7.) hL .hri'i""" 'T'""" 5*i •'"" *•'" """"' the victory? (ex int ) Hw, ^harl«« cftKnif,? from school v («. «,< ) ' ' '•' ihe boy whom you saw reading in very studious, [ex. ,}.) *■ T-^fi '"*** tliat wedt away yesterday ;«/i« not returned h-t ,l \ Tell your brother to come immediately, (g < j " ' ' How oudlyj;be thunder i>eat»l («. e ) n« JIJ>** "''w?"'* dilifiently will improve, (ojc. d.) Do those who .ttwly diligently improve f{cx int.) .■?.»?5^"'.."«'"- -««-".., WHO .««.»"!,: Cr»;;'",'r™ ...?:1 h2d\"f &-^'''''"'''''« Pe«i^./.of.-. ha.. Llayed, thou .1st played " ■ ?■ 9a Lesson L 10 15 Literary Selection for Explanation and Study. To A Distant Friend. Dear comrade, may thy path be blest With virtue, love, and happiness ; May all thy chosen friends prove true. And cheer thee on life's journey through. In such a fickle world as this I may not wish thee lasting bliss ; JBut may the winds of fortune blow Crently around thy path below. May joy and truth with thee abide. May virtue ever be thy guide ; -Behgion be thy bosom friend. And cheer thee through until the end. And when life's lamp has fled from thee, Mid joy and peace sublime, May bright angels' smiles salute thee. in Heaven's happy clime. —B.A. Have the selectiou read, audrequira au oral statement of its oouteaf. 1. Personaobs. TiMK AND Place. Litenuy Analysis. wobds and Actions. Who are the personages in this piece ?-~^ «mon wn ting to a former comrade. ^ When and where were the verses written?— 27,c,« »« no time or place mentioned; but it is quite evident lie wrote from his residem:e to his absent comrade. 1. What does the writer wish his friend in the hrst stanza ?-He wish;, t.'uit he may Te bessed with virtue, love, and liappiness, and that Ins new Jriends may be true and cheer- 2. What does he say in the second stanza ?-/f,. says lui needs not wish him unmixed happiness in tins world ■ however, he hope, fortiZ will treat him uently. 8. What does he say in the third stanza ?_w<. wiHfiesjoij and truth may ever be his compau- los, that virtue may direct him, and that he nuiy ever cherish religion as a bosom fnend. Literary Analysis. 3. Rehclt. MuK\Ii. 9S What does he say in the fourth Htanza ?-/f« )Mpe» t)mt m the remit of all the ,iood lu- te ix I, es him during life h,: vw,, he received Tath *""'"'"* "'' *'"' *"'''*^* '"'^ ^''•"''«'« ¥t^r What do theae beautiful verses teach ?--That absence is „o dump on true affection which includes both the temporal and spiritual hap. pniess of its object. ^ Questions and Suggestions. -A person with whom one keeps company, a com- 5 •6, 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. U. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 24. 25. 26. Who is a comrade .»- panion. What is the meaning o{ path as used here?-L//«, course of life ' "^lyLlile ™''"'"^' °^ '">'"" •^-^'•-'-« of duty a,ui abstinence • ''7^^j:i^Ss::i£S;. '^'" '"-''^' ^'•«^-^' •'-^-. *- . What IB the opposite of virtue i—Vice WW !?** ^^.f^PP.ir^o' derived ?-Fro« happy. "^oJl^'ra."^'^ before suffixing n<.J??r/^^^i ,,„,, ^ ,. What does the suffix ness mean 7~A state of beina What does hippiness mean?-^ .,a(e of beiigSL -TlZenir'"''}'^''' disagreeable difpSfiX;, of the soul? M«^l^^ * "^ pteasJH? disposition of thesml. i;L ;T ''i*''^' ^*r.*"8 '^^°"* *be same meaning as /u»»»,>«., —Blws blessedness, felicity, holy enjoyment. nappnuss. 5^d".« ""'""'"^ "' ''"""■ '^ "'^^ *^^^« ^-^'° '•«»*^ *« '•'J;«««. to Use another word iov jickle.-Chanqeable. What is the meaning of bliss f -Happiness. l^^rJ^Itu'l^uv' ''ffP'-t'^'^'^f-Success in life. WhK It t^ '"■ ' °t^erwise.-CaZmi,/ in 'this world. ■ What IS the meaning of joy ?-Gladness. What IS the opposite of joy ?~Sorrow. Whll \l l?^^ ^-Conformity to fact or reality. What IS the opposite of truth ^-Falsehood. What IS the meaning of a ouide f—A person or th!»n th„t i. poinu out the way ^ """^ ""'* "''^w* //ef . The profit on the sale of the goods was very great. V. Write a letter to a j-riend containing the principal sentiments expressed in the literary selection of this lesson— "To a Distant Friend."— -(See form of a letter at the end of volume.) 96 Lesson LI.— Conjugation of Verbs. 185. A finite verb must a«ree with its subject or nominative in per- son and number ; as, " The man walks."—" The men walk."— "i am." 185. lu what must a finite verb agree with its subject? rf°'if,l or "«.'"■"* "*"'"''"°*''*'''^'''''' **°'" "'*' "''" «'^®°> ^y prefixing over, I. bondnct, liccoudiwt. 2. lioU, UaroJI. 3. Clmrse, Overcharge: Load, Overload. Pass, fiiirpaxs. Do. Undo Come, Overcome Call, Jiecall. Co^er, Uncover What are the Person and Number of a verb ? ( 155)-What is Voice ? ( 161>-Hdw many voices are there ? Name them. (16'2)-VVhat is the Active Voice? (iS?^ SP , ^'''•V^'i"*'^^''' J""' '»•— Love, loved, lovinc, loved. Infinitive Pratfrnt -To love. Pfir/cr<.- To h ave lov ed. Indicative Present -I love . thSu k>veS! .' I. Verbs to be conjugated.— Conjugate in the Ind. Pres., Past, and luture; Pot. Pres. and Past; Subj. Pres.: listen, dine, ormm4;nt, dare, close, cry.- I he Teacher mt apeak to ou, O chil- rue Father res in your n must be ; "OLord, I. will love re of Thy heart and into the ..—They r parents tliey will Where- imain in erfeot.— I thou wilt Lesson Lll.-Conjugation of Verbs. 97 Bixth;"t^fa'e•l7an^f^Tfe'a''*"''^^ *«"'»» «* *»>« ^odv, and MiND.-Reilect, think, imagine, meditate, study, calculate aCT^^^^^^^^^ Potential Mood. What ig the Ml%oice7\m ^ loved.-What is a Begular Verb ? (?34p PiJ* Yf"**.* J? 1*® conjugated.— Conjugate in t^lS?> J''*"Jf, ^""^^^ ' Potentiil Perfect tive Past: blest, fill, succeed, unite, act, recite. the Indicative Perfect, , Pluperfect ; Subjuno- Ind. Perf. I have blessed, Thou hast blessed, He has blessed ; We have blessed. You have blessed. They have blessed. Pot. Perf. Itnayi have united, Thou mayst have united, He may have united : We may have united. You may have united. They may have united. Ind. Pluperf. I had filled, Thou hadst filled, He had filled ; We had filled, You had filled, They had filled. Pot. Pluperf. I might have acted, Thou mightst have acted. He might have acted ; We might have acted. You might have acted. They might have acted. Ind. Fut. Perf. J 8^H have succeeded. Thou wilt have succeeded. He will have succeeded: We shall have succeeded, ^S" ^\A*^® succeeded, iney will have succeeded. Subj. Past If I recited, u thou recited, U he recited; M we recited, M you recited, U they recited. - ~'"'«*. u taey recited. thepaSten'S°''-^^''^«*^«'^'^«^ "^^^ -««rt a regular verb of , T * . ^°^ ^°°^ *N° THE Sick. fe^ttz^h\\ttete*X"v!«^^"^2£^^^ tic on ; and another, linen to bind the?r wounds "°*= * second, aroma- rendl!^f ^Sn wTk'^at%'lfe'''sfTt"o?'«,*il''* '■«P"f??ance which, in later years timid at the sijht o( death 8 eUJLa/.^ed n'» '..".f J^'" *° *^°«« who 8^^^ ful spectacles of misery, of sorrow Seven of «*,^'°™ ??,«'«? *be most frigh" to see her standing, sitt ng, or kneelinc IJthJ ^°"?'- f^ ?'*«" ^^ oocaion hper own hands the cold sweat from the brow of 5h«''^ ?* "'^^'y- PotenU^Mood:^aZliit^ S«6".^\y*st ?attt".f "* ^'""»-E«-= I <»° perceive. I must perceiv"..^ Pot. Prts. I may perceit'e, Thou mayHt porcelve, He,may perceive ; We may perceive. You may perceive. They a>ay perceive. Pot. Past. I might owe, Thou mightst owe. He might owe ; We might owe, You might owe. They might owe. Po;. Pluperf. I might have answered, Thou mightst have answered, He might have answered ; We might have answelred. You might have answered, They might have answered. Subj. Pres. If I attend. If thou attend, If he attend ; If we attend, If you attend. If they attend. Pot. Perfect. I may have depended. Thou mayst have depended, He may have depended ; We may have depended. You may have depended, They may have depended. Subj. Past. If I welcomed. If thou welcomed, If he welcomed ; If we welcomed. If you welcomed, If they weloomed. ^vY*'"'*®,*""}^'^®''® *^® *^*^^ occurs in the first paragraph, insert a suitable verb of the Indicative Pluperfect; and in the second, a verb of the Future or Future Perfect. 1. Felix had recited his lesson by the time Patrick arrived Frederick had entered when t called you. Hugh had dined by the time Bridget left. Nicholas ftod come with his sister Emma when the party began. Stephen had returned from fishing before sunset. a. The history of Tobias loill descend to the latest posteritv. Bachael wtH /law a^Ttuec' before Jacob. Pascal will he a noisy character his whole life. Catharine will have finished the dress before nioht Gregory will come in due time. III iif! >j| fl, ifH *i if A S ^l^^^K® the verbs to the future tense.— You will pay your debts.— You will never cheat your neighbor.-You will shun iiatterers. —You will keep holy the Sabbath day.— You ivill listen attentively to your lessons.— You will never lose time.— You icill render to every man his due.— You will love and respect the authors of your being. Conjugats receive a.nA believe in the second person, singular and nlural of all the tenses of the Indicative, Potential, and Subjunctfve.-Ind Sv^-Thoa recevest; you receive Pa«<.-Tliou reoeivedst...... Pot. Pr««?-Thou mavrt receive ; you may receive SuhJ. Prea.~U thou receive „ ^ lOO Lesson LV. Literary Selection for Explanation and Study. The Dove. The bird let loose in eastern skies, When hast'ning fondly home, Ne'er stoops to earth her wing, nor flioa Where idle warblers roam. But high she shoots through air and light, Above all low delay, Where nothing earthly bounds her flight, Nor shadow dims her way. So grant me, God, from every care. And stain of passion free. Aloft, through virtue's purer air, To hold my course to Thee I No sin to cloud, no lure to stay My soul, as home she springs; Thy sunshine on her joyful way Thy freedom on her wings. —Thomas Moore (1779—1852). Have the selection read, and require an oral statement of its oonteate. 10 16 1. Pehsonaoes. Time and Place. 2. Words and Actions. 8. Result. , Moratj. Literary Analysis. What is spoken of in this selection ?—rAe dme. Where is the dove said to be ?— " Let loose in east ■ em skies." (1. What does the bird avoid on returning home ? — She does not stoop to earth, nor does she go near idle warblers. 2. What course did she take 7— One in which she Viet no obstacles. What benefit did she gain by her caution and prudence ? — Her homeward flight teas speed i/ and she met with no mishaps. What does the example of the dove teach us?— The lesson we can learn from tlie dove is to fly through virtue's pure air to our Heavenly abode, without stooping to the groveling pleas urea of this world. Questions and Suggestions. lOI 1, 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. H. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. -Because e if What is a dove }—A bird of the pigeon family. Of what 18 the dove the emblem ?— Meekness. Bird IS used instead of what word 1—Dove. Where is the east")— Where the sun rises. Why is there an apostrophe in the word hast'ninn »- left out. ^ ' Why is c left out ?-ro make the line one syllable shorter, vfh&tdoesfondly mean?— Lovingly. For what is ve'er used?— Never '^^iL'oi'.rs °' " ^'^'" ''""'' '' '''''' '^ "'^■"•^^ "-^-- Whll f",«'«''^'«".?-^i'-''''. called so because of their singing. WW a If ^ J"«*n'"fi «*. '"«'« a« «sed here ?-2'o tvalk dbout idly. What 18 shoots used for m the 5th line'— FZie« What is the ineaning of earthly 1~Belonging to the earth. 0/ */'/(? "'""^""'^-^ *'""'« thrown from a body that intercepts rays What is the meaning of dim7~To darken slightly. What does the 9th line begin ?—The moral. What IS the meaning of passion as used here?— J« here means a disorderly affection of the soul. What is the meaning of aloft -i-High above the earth} here it means above disorderly affections. nere it What is the meaning of course here ?~Way, passage. Use another word for cloud, 13th line ?-Z><.yite, tarnish. What IS a lure?— An enticement, a bait. Use another word for stay.— Stop. What home is it to which the soul springs ?— Heaven. What 18 the meaning of sunshiue here I'-Happiness, pleasantness. ""'w/o/VXr ''''"''' '""^ ^^-'-'-^'emptioSfromsir^-the 26, wse in east I 27 28 ling home ? does she go 29 n which she 30 aution and was speedy 31. 32. sach us ?— e dove is io r Heavenly eling pleati 33. 34. 35. 36. ^rar£«"°""' '" *''' ^''* ^i^r^z^-Bird, skies, home, earth, wing, What is the singular of nkies ?—Sky. (48) ^^'^d Trr'''rf;"r,,'''r''"r ''^^^'^^-^f'oots, 'rounds, dim,. Mood O'naTense.— All of the Indicative Present Conjugate dim in the Indicative Mood, »rd pors. , sine usine it It has dimmed. Pi.uperfect.-I« had dimmed. Fvtvre.-Ii will dtm Future Perfkct— J« will have dimmed. ""X'Xp^^fG'i""^""""'^^ "^*^ a capital ?-I,.ca,«... In what mood are cloiiil and stay (13th line) ?— Infinitive Preset Of what does she (14th line) take the place ?-,SW Of what words is sunxhine composed '?-(),■ sun and shine. - What part of speech is. /«,//»/ (i.5tl! line) ?-.^ rnm,noiiadhctlv! no, deg comp. by means of the adverbs moub and msT ^jM^Ze joyful, most joyful, and relates to wings. ''^•' ' Wha* case is slie (14th line) ?—Nom. What case is her (15th apd I6th lines) ? -06;, »/j 6o^/t lines f i'l I 1 41 I I09 Questions and Suggestions. 87. What is the nom. of her ?—She. f o* wu** ''*^® ^^ "•?' ^^^^^ *"^ l''th lines) ?— Pjm. 2n w^** ^\i^^ nominative of Thy 7-Thott. The objective 7-Thee. Who 18 the author of this poem }-Thoma» Moore, a celebrated Iri$h (jatnoltc poet. Exercises in Phraseology and Composition. I. Tell by whom the following political divisions are goveruod: An empire, a kingdom, a republic, Russia, Turkey, Canada, a province. 1. An empire is governed by an emperor. 2. A kingdom is governed by a king. 3. A republic is governed by a president. 4. Russia is governed by a czar. 6. Turkey is governed by a sultan. 6. Canada is governed by a governbr-genera,!. 7.. A province is governed by a lieutenant-governor. II. Tell what qualities the following should have: promenade, a street, charity, prayer. a merchant, a 1. A merchant should be honest, fair, prudent, exact, polite. 2. A promenade should be agreeable, interesting, instructive, amus- 3. A street should be clean, wide, straight, level, paved. 4. Chanty should be joyful, discreet, generous. 6. Prayer should be humble, confident, persevering, attentive III. Use a relative and a verb to convey the same meaning as the word in Italics, and make the other changes accordingly. Pupil's Edition : The truthful man is . . The man who is truthful is esteemed by everybody. The man who lies does not deserve credit. The pupil who studies makes progress. The pupil who is lazy will never be a scholar. » mu ^^ '"'"' "^^y ^^ **^^ J°y °^ '"8 teachers. The son wlio disobeys is the attliction of his parents Exercise on Homophoncus Words. 2. K6ad. 8. Raaft. 4 103 Boad. Boam. Bode. Borne. IV.— 1. B&in. 2. Bead. 8. Best. Bap. Bed. Bing. Bern. Bfiad. Wrest. Wrap. Eeed. Wring. Where the dash occurs insert a suitable word taken from the above ust. 1. The king's reign commenced when the rain was falling fast The rein is not attached to the bridle. Rap at the door. Wrap up the cloth. 2. The house is painted red. ^ I read the letter. The reed is easily shaken by the wind. I read two hours daily. 8. He attempted to wrest the revolver from the watchman. Rett assured I will return. The '-xton will ring the bell. The wabher-woman wrings the clothes. 4. Whither dost thou roam t The Pope lives in Rome. The jockey rode along the road, while the boatman rowed on the lake. V. Write an account of a Picnic you once attended. 104 Lesson LVL— Subject, Passive Voice. 186. When a verb hum a luhject consistina of two or ninr«.n«^ tives connected by ami. it must agree wuS Them iStSl Karr Tfit heavmt atui the earth proclaim the glory of God." ^ ' ' 186. How doM a verb agree with two or more nominative, connected by and f what iR the PotoXl Mood UB^d'MlM^What^ U^^^^^^^ Conjugate the v.-rb love in the PaHsivo Voice (Sst^El^^f ^"''^fi*^^'- in the first three tenses of the Potential Mood, Passive vSiw ^ ,'"i^f'- Ind. P..t. Ind. Perfect.' ffi Irtfuled. ^Cu want slluted L^'i""'" rexoardei. He iB ruled; He wal sahitH?! • * S''°u" ''?:''* ^een rewarded. r I,' ^ *■ "••*• Pot Perfect &.5l«feared. »!JfigWSeaBed &lTJrX'^<''^' frrytWdi ^^e^'dtftrsf irs4"^^^^^^^^^^^ You may be feared. Vou mTKht be DleaBert vn.,"!*^ ''.f ^* ''.?°" SrSc^'r''- ^,^«^-Vh?be%Tred. JS^m^^^rS::- i«K'^!^ruK*f^:rrirriro''u^ii'^^^^^^^^ naL^?,^^l^L%;tJ)Jt^^^^^^^^^^^ *■ m5® ^*™}i- the Bheep, and the ram bleat. ine nightingale, the canary-bird, and the robin sine. The wasp, the hornet, and themiat hum. The magpie, the starling, and tfie parrot can be taught to spee't. a. A stream, a brooklet, and a/ou«tawi murmur A storm, a cannon, and th under roar. A trumpet, a clarion, and tk flageolet mieht have hnnn hoov.q The cornet, the flute, and theTrom6o«rmay hive been lost 3. The teacher, the nun. and the missionary are devoted The pouter, the grumbler, and the murmurer complain The Incendiary, the robber, and the aesassin mns^h^t^\.^...i., i The gamester, the spendthrift, and the S "/^uilrthemsewJB*^ III. Where the dash occurs insert a suitahl» nnviiiar* -r *«. Potential Mood.-m Teacher may ask J l/S /J5«? fl W^ ,?^, ^* (Question on tl^ other verhs.)-Mayl go out ^-GanvJt.\Z ''°"^*- on 9pring?-You must come to s^chcSHn time o^suffrr the Von«? quences.-I might have been here in time.-The servant .Lwn^; do the work in such a short time.-Children XS obev fW parents and their teachers.-I ,oould have beenThere had I & t*mT iiie^Sfffi'cSsTaft^^ * -^''^ in four minutes.-!... go'ittr; Conjugate i>I«a««,remeOT6er, in tbe third narsou ainoMi.. d-„ • », . -He Is pleased, be was remembered. .,.; Pe'^ou singular, Passive Voice. e. )re. nomina- plural ; as, wted by and f '(ilk and talk, n TALK.— For ^oiceV (MM)— yipal Parts.— \.~Ind. Pru. , lalute, re- ease, a, enge 06. arded, rewarded, warded ; twarded, •e warded, rewarded. avenged, e been en Bll sen jeen other auxil- iher nomi- I. 7 of the b belongs, an essay e conse- ould not ey their ad time, (whatever ive Voice, Lesson LVII.-Object, Pastive Verbs. 105 v«?h'fn^^H'?/7«r'^*S*r th" Objective Case? (75)-How Ih the object of a verb found 7 (76V- Tlie ol)Joct of u, verb atiHwor« to the queBtion with whom nr what after it; a., "Cain lcillo.1 Abul." Cain Icille.l .t,/iom rX;Ttl"e obJe"t of Toltdinnil-.^!: P""»t*«°bjectH of the verb eat. -K at ^naXlnJrangl Verbs.— Conjugate prnia,', cnmmeiKl, piimic, fiimh, employ, govern perniade, Pasflive Voice, in the Infinitive, Imperative, Participles', Indicative Future and Future Perfect, and Subjunctive Present and X 8rBt« Inf. Pbes. To b: praised. FEiur. To have been praiaod. Imp. BlKO / ■^^ "''"* fommemled or do ■( Ihou be commended; p, P ( Be you commended or do ' I you be commended. Participles. Imperp. Being pursued. Pbrf. Been pursued. Prbpxbf. Having been pursued. Subj. Pres. If I be governed, If thou be Rovernod, If he be governed ; If we be governed, If you be governed, If they be governed. Ind. Put. I HhnU he finished. Thou wilt be flninliod, He will bo fluiHliod; Wo shall be ftnished, You will be finished. They will be finished. Ind. Put. Perf. I shall have been employed. Thou wilt have been employed. He will have been employed; We shall have been employed. You will have been employed. They will have been employed. Subj. Past. If I were persuaded, If thou were persuaded, If he were persuaded ; If wo were persuadeil. If you were persuaded. If they wore persuaded. II. Object of a verb.— Supply a suitable object. The master rewards labor. Study exercises the m,emory. Confession excuses the fault. Bemorse overtakes the wicked. Charity assists the poor. Sloth begets vice. The soldier defends his country. The Christian thanks Ood. The pious soul loves prayer. The good child obeys his parents. God rewards virtue. Anger troubles the heart. Science ornaments the mind. The guilty deserve punishment. Gluttony injures the health. . Hope gives joi/ to the soul. The giddy child loses time. Goodness charms every person. Loretto loves her another. The hunter pursues the hare. III. Change to the Passive Voice.— T/k- Teacher may ask to wliat niood and tense the verbs belonn.—M&ty is loved by her mother.— Abel was killed by Cain.— The lesson was recited by Julia.— The dress has been made by the dressmaker.— The letter had been finished by him when the tram arrived.— The hare will be pursued by the hunter.— It will have been finished by him at noon to-morrow.— He nmy be per suaded hy me.— He must be praised by you. -She might have been com- mended by him.— He may have been praised by her. Conjugate bless, Passive Voice, Piincipal Parts, Infinitive, Imuerative Par. ticipl.8.-Pn«. Parts.-BIess, blessed, filessiug, blessed /A/! Prfl-To bleso io6 Lesson LVIII. -Verbs: Attributes, Shall and Will, Subjunctive Mood. thi^.^5* °^A^}^1 *"«* Will.-ShaU in the first pevson foretelU • in ^^I^^i^f^^"^ .F^''°^" " ^^<^»«««' command, or thvTatem'S 187. What i. an Attribute ?-188. Explain the use of shall.-Ot will plo;aT'SS7e Votef *" *"""''' '^^'"■"' '^'""^'«^» Indicative. Prbs. Th«i/ exercise. Past. They exercised. FEBFECT. Thoyhave PijtrPBBF. They had FuTOKB. They Will.' Pdt.Pbrf. They wUl have .. Potential. Pbeb. They may Past. They might. They explain. They explained. They have Thevhad They will They will have... They may.... They might. pS^kct. Th7ymai;^£ave ?re^SL?^-^ ?^^=: J*'^^ '"^^'^^ "^-^ Th^T»t\*;?e:.::.. Subjunctive. Pbbs. If they exercise. Past, if they exercised. in the third person They complain. They complained. They have They had They will They will have They may They might They may have They might have.... If they explain. If they explained. If they complain. If they complained. mavrSj,fi*°?i-?fl!-'~^"PP'y*''«"°'^ »/;»« accordingly as the sense He WfH have overtaken the party by ten o'clock. 2. Thou Shalt love the Lord thy God. T .tl?! !,^*"'*y °^\ lessons before recreation. ] '^nn^A ^'■°^"' *?* "° °n« ««« save me I tot^Pdrown, and no one shall save me heart.-If L ?Sf hf w^T^.'^'^t'^*^ * *'«^ •^f*^'- Go^'« own and r pronoun, relating to -" Honesty netellg; in 'Mens; as, the come- determina- "IwUl^o II. le question A prince. — the verb is. ird person p2at». plained. 3 have it.'.'.'... have it have nplain. np'ained. the sense J Teacher nder the )d's own le tea is )rin was be hosa I movest, Lesson LIX. -Verbs, Conjugations. 107 pastLte'"** ^"^'"^''-^^^ ^'^^y '«g«l« tense ending is ed of the stTesf-7^T f '•'"8^*-'r'^« ««Jy regular personal endings are otorest; as, iot.,st, ac/est ; and ,, «,, or eth of the third; as. reads teach^ or .W.eth. The other changes are made by auxiliaries EidlnS?"* *' *•"' °°'^ '"-"""''■ ^^"«« ^"'''"g ?-190- Wh»t are the Personal Infpm-afivrMoSru^ed Mf^twhlt a^^^^ ^?°^ ^««,^n^ (143)-Por what is the What is the Conjugation of a verb ? (157)^^ Pnncipal Parts of a verb? (158)- PaLTe W.^""^"^"*'^"^'^'''' '^"'•^' '^'^«'' i'^ the first person plural. Indicative. Pbes. We are esteemed. Past. We were Pebp. We have been Plu. We had been Fdt. We shall be P.PER.We shall have been... Potential. Pres. We may be Past. We might be....... Pebf. We may have been... PLC. We might have been... Subjunctive. Pbbs. If we be Past. If we were We are cured. We were We have been.... We had been We shall be We shall have been. We may be We might be " We may have been.... We might have been., We are healed. We were We have been We had been We shall be We shall have been.. We may be We might be We may have been... We might have been., If we be If we were., If we be If we were.. T^ofeVo^i fsTo^X?^^"""^' ^'^'''' *° ^^ '^^'^"'^ by Him. Bweetly.-H^thaTHlTK^hriBt^SytU:^^^^^^^^^^^ — •v^c, reuti, atttttjf. — o — ^icatS^M^T'*'"'*^''''''"'^^'"'^* «"«°"J *"d tl^ird person singular, b,. io8 Lesson LX. Literary Selection for Explanation and Study. The Year of the Chcbch. vefCiSnffif i?'' ^'™y freshness, clothing the earth with Summer SppS in du Jtfr''"'.°^ "J!. "^*"^« ''^ »'*« ^'^^Vy. mantle otS^Bh^l^J^T^^'^^''}''^^^^ the earth in a wgal qu^n. witnfrTeifwVu" s ht matftS'f" turn reigns Is twilights, her changing wS A^^wf f^** '''"'^^' ^^"^ P^'^P'e rx^^^h^ali" derful^ifarg^S poHnrwith^a^^ '*'^' Vl^^u^^ '^^^ ^^■ tWa^otfeni"^^^^^^ Cross, long since bSalSed in Heavln ' ''""" °' '^"'^"^"^ °' *J^« beamXt'^strSef t^ .«'"'l t'^^ «"* t»rdy the ministers oTfl^^CaS^^^ f L°^ ^>"*«'' A^ds ing «p to the majesty of God ^S the rL '^^*"^.u*'**''^• °« " oferednot only every day, but every hour ofthedau and tsthus continuallPkrawing-^aZntle divmehlessingupon mankind. /What lesson may bo drawn from this niece?- I greatest respect and devotim. '"««'«< ' is «' Questions and Suggestions. events. ^ °^ *'"'* ' "^ '•«»«^'- ««ccm,ott o/ things- or i' S-** " --^^ meaning of balmy ?- -Af/Zd .^.j..„„ 5. W^. .ne u^eaning of nature in this ^.i^jefb a„e) ?-.The crea. ?■ wif.?-^ rf^"^ otherwi8e.-JSri„;;,i«, roual. 7. What IS the meaning of gorgeoJj-TLy. no Questions and Suggestions. o* Sr^P??^ "**"*'"' ''"^^ Otherwise.— ,1/<7d colorx. 12' WhJM'fh! r}!!'^^u~^-!,'f'"''^'''''''^-^"™"'« of public worship. fLri 1^^^^"^ ^^'^ ^° P°'"* «"■''» <^Moeroflirfht ^-Because necessary lights to explain what iS explicable of h^r donmas I.SV- T ^°'^ ''"'' ''"-' or heroine of the CrSs Lq »ince ,^ J>eatified in Heaven.— Some saXat. "^i" wng amce It' 5J?^* *^ dawn?~The break of day. 15. What IS the meaning of tardy ?—Slow. 17 ^J^^^^^^owering otherwise.— CTouriy, (y/oo-.ny. mal-k{T« '■''"'"^, •" ''*' «^«'«.^/"/- «''" ««« enclosed by quotation 1ft TpiT-'^'^rT .•"T'*'*" text of Scripture quoted Uterallv ^^^ZTf'"'^-'^'"' ?'f '"'• ^f one of tJ books of tZ Bible-one of the tivelve minor prophets. c x^.t/ie— one 19. What is & prophet ?~One who foretells events. 21 WhTf r"® °*?t' Prophets.-/.a/a8, Jcremm*. cveormtransitive?-2'raw»f(?i;e aaiV ■"''^"'"'^• 35. Conjugate turn, (27th line) in the Indicative K't.^' ' rising and ring as with worship. ? — Because slie has the las. long tince Exercises in Phraseology and Composition, in I. Give the names of objects used by the huntsman, the Julierman, the sJioeinaker, the tailor, the joiner, the mason. 1. The huntsman uses a gun, a pouch, a powder-horn. 2. The fisherman uses lines, hooks, baskets, nets. 3. The sfwemaker uses awls, shoe-knives, lasts, jacks. 4. The tailor uses scissors, needles, thimbles, pins. 6. The joiner uses planes, jaws, augers, gimlets, wimbles, bits, DrQiCOS* 6. The mason uses a hammer, a level, ». trowel, a plumb-line or plummet. qnotation 'y- Bible — one ion for an », uninter- ly of the r God."— bringing, '.auteeach nd adjec- any (89), l—Yes : , and the 2) Regular, II. Tell what a husbandman, a highway, k floor, recreation, 9, person's character, should not be. 1. A husbandman should not be negligent, careless, improvident, im- 2. A highway should not be winding, narrow, muddy, duRty, uneven. 3. Ajwor should not be damp, dirty, rough. 4. Recreation should not be monotonous, tiresome, silent, irksome. 5. A person's cfiaracter should not be sulky, taciturn, peevish, cross- gramed, harsh. *^ III. Transfer to the beginning of the sentence the portion given in Italics. Pupil's Edition : I am happy, my dear motlier, to express to you my good wishes. My dear mother, I am happy to express to you my good wishes. Young man, follow the path of virtue. My dear, perform your school duties well. My dear child, shun bad company. Lord, help me to be always wise and virtuous. Exercise on Homophonous Words. 4. Seas. Slay. Sleigh. Where the dash occurs insert a suitable word from the above list. T7.—1. Roe. 2. Sail. 8. Sea. Eow. Bale. Seam. Bung. Scene. See. Wrung. Seen. Seem. "2 Phraseology and Composition. 1- The roe is the female of the hart. The huntsman shot &roe, and laid it beside the row of trees The porter has mng the bell. The washer-woman has «)»««^ the clothes. ^' ^^ morrow! *^^ ^™*8ed merchandise will take place to- I will have a sail in the boat with the large sail Have you seen the grand scene. 8. Did yon see the waves of the seat It does not seem to me that the seam of that coat is well sewed. 4. Seize that pirate who robs on the open ,eas. iiod sees us. ^^' 7n «,e I'-JI^''^*^'^^ *° '^y ^'^^ "^*° ^^^« ^»» driving V. Write a composition on the School Dii. Lesson LXL-Irregular Verbs. 191 a. Principal Parts of Irregular Verbs. Present. Abide, Arise, Awake, Be, "3 Preterit. abode, arose, awoke, R.i, was, Bear (to carry), bore, Bear (to bring forth), bore or bare, |«°d' ^ bent, R.. Beseech, besoigh . Bf«Peak, bespoke, g J. ba^or bid, g°f' bound, 5 '®' bit, S^'^i Wew, ^^^It. brok^. Imp. Part. abiding, arising, awaking, being, bearing, bearing, beating, becoming, beginning, bending, beseeching, bespeaking, bidding, binding, biting, blowing, breaking. Per/. Part. abode. arisen. awoke, R. been. borne. born. beat or beaten. become. ^ began. bent, R. besought. bespoken. bid or bidden. bound. bitten or bit. blown. broken. vert?\fcfel!^*thiVnc^a^^^^^ (mj-Whatla the Root of a I. Irregular Verbs.-Supply an irregular verb. ^' The Wn^ate^"*°« »* '<»» o'clock. The bat blew out the oandleT '"*'°- *■ K«Tr* ♦^^'^ ^^^ book last winter He 6ea« the bo> very severelv ^°^'- Tae dog Mt the robber. '" The drunkard, after emptying the decanter, broke It. sa"-J?.^fr.l^tcS''h?rd"onTha'^"h' *^^ '^^-^« beseech ,o«. four o'clock this momi;g.lA% & the r*"''^^-^'' »«>««^ had boasted of their wealth r*L iZ ® ^*7 ^''*^ twitches. —Then besought the Lord to Wst t^. '^^ '^'*™*' P*^« »"d Wghtened.-i? ^|?M^^I»e. tti;^".-^«,|-'^ .in the Indic.t,.e °^'"""'. "o oegan '"-' «" -Blaoa Posi.— i began, thou veV.Si;Pate»;j^/t^'-^«u1L??.' I'^'^ect Participle Blgnlfle. that the "4 Lesson LXII. —Irregular Verbs. 191 6. Principal Parts of Irregular Verbs. Present. Preterit. Imp. Part. Breed, brfl<1 i. j- is: ^' ^ Ca^. crght.R.. e^S'g. Cle^«' *'?'''*' , choosing, cte; far'"''' ot?r^' Come, came " clothmg, Creep, St *^'*'°^' Cut, cut • creeping, 1916. Giyetho princip al parts of breed, bring creep, choose, cUA. ^^ "img, ourst, (my, cast, catch, come, Ind.— Pbbs. Thou bringat, He brings. Per/, Part. bred. brought. burst. bought. oast. caught, R. chosen. cloven or cleft. clad, B. come. cost. crept. cut. dealt, B. dag, B. done. Pot.- Fkbf. Put. -Pbeb. Pebf. Thou bast bought, He has bought: Thou wilt cast, Re will cast. Thou mayst come, He may come. Thou mayst have chosen, He may have chosen. Past. Thou burstett. He bursts. Plupebf. Thou hadst bought. He had bought. F. Pebp. Thou wilt iTave caught, T> • c.™ ^,* ^'' ^*'« caught. Past. Thou mightst cwep. He might creep. Plupebf. Thou mightst have done, He might have done. 11. Irregular Verbs—Supply an irregular verb, ^" Zu^ fl^herman east his net. 4^hd^hT£!,'l^^;^}:^--l^^ Ofderur dug the ,«refen.-The M well clad.-The to^,^«„^,ffLr+r j*'^" *'^''^' walk.-rAa« child t^^drape^-cl^Y,\Z7Sf-T^^^ «l«the8 from The haby creeps to the door. ''«'^^«'- brought flour to the wharf. - oIatl'^^^l'i^C^\^^^r-^f^^^^ Mood.-Po*. Pres.-l irtup6Tj.~i mig ht have come:.'...? Perject.—l may have dug ma; Lesson LXIIL— Irregular Verbs. 101 c. Principal Parts of Irregular Verbs. "5 Present. Draw, Dream, Drink, Drive, Dwell, Eat, Fall, Feed, Feel, Fight, Find, Flee, Fling, Fly, Forget, Forgive, Preterit. drew, dreamt, R., drank, drove, dwelt, R., fiat or ate, fell, fed, felt, fought, found, fled, flung, flew, forgot, forgave. Imp. Part. drawing, dreaming, drinking, driving, dwelling, eating, falling, feeding, feeling, fighting, finding, fleeing, flinging, flying, forgetting, forgiving. 191 0. What are the principal parts of draw, dream Per/. Part. drawn, dreamt, B. drunk, driven, dwelt, R. eaten o,- eat. fallen, fed. felt, fought, found, fled, flung, flown, forgotten, forgiven. I. Verbs and plural, dwell, drive Ind.— Pbes. Pebf. FCT. Pot.— Pbes. Pebf. to be conjugated.— Conjugate in Indicative and Potential Moods: fling, flee, fly, forget. Past. I dream,; We dream. I have drawn; We have drawn. 1 shall dwell ; We shall dwelL I may fling; We may ffinff. I may have flown; We may have flown. PliUPEBF F. Pebf. Past. Plupebf. the first person singular dream, eat, draw, drink, I eat or ate; We eat or ate. . I had drunk ; We had drunk. I shall have driven ; We shall have driven. I might flee ; We might flee. I might have forgotten; We might have forgotten. (iliaries liav* II. Irregular Verbs.— Supply an irregular verb. *■ Th^hnH^'if^'^i*^^®*™ ''^*«1» Joseph interpreted ThI old ma.n h-«T,? Btagnant water from that pool ine old man has fallen from the roof of the hosnitat The robber fled at the approach of the police '^^ "• ThTba^fc*o^"o7th"e*"c°a|t'"""***^^ ^^ ' mw^=+;., ' v , t^*"^^"^* aim.— /.aWe« are amusing, recreative, and «;rme;k:^gr7clft,"ac"tive:'°""°"'' ""^'' "^''^«^' gluttonous.-S^a,. 4?^&*l'TV^aV°'/i.^;;^i^^^^^^^ eat, fall, fiin^ "6 Lesson LXIV.— Irregular Verbs. 191 d. Principal Parts of Irregular Verbs Present. Preterit. J,„p, p„rt. forsook, froze, got, gave, went, ground, grew, hung, R., had, heard, hid, hit, held, hurt, kept, knelt, R., ^.„„„„g, 191 d Mention the principal parts of foraake, freeze ♦V, ■' Exerci;e.-The Indicative Present and Past love ; we do love Pa»t.-l did love, tbou didst ' Forsake, Freeze, Get, Give, Go, Grind, Grow, Hang, Have, Hear, Hide, Hit, Hold, Hurt, Keep, Kneel, forsaking, freezing, getting, giving, going, grinding, growing, hanging, having, hearing, hiding, hitting, holding, hurting, keeping, kneeling, Perf. Part. forsaken. frozen. got or gotten. given. gone. ground. grown. hung, R. had, heard. hid or hidden. hit. held. hurt. kept. knelt, B. Li may be conjugated with thou dost love, he does pJ."%TZ T"- Subjunctive Mood. {•BES. To forsake. Pnua «ri. Pebf. To have forsaken. ^"^^- //^'"'«r. Imperative Mood. SiNo. Get thou or do thou get ; Plu. Get you or do you get. Participles. Impebf. Oiving. Pebf. Given. Pbepebf. Having given. Past. If thou hear. If he hear ; If we hear, If you hear. If they hear. If I hold, If thou hold, If he hold ; If we hold, If you hold. If they hold. pal parS*^" Verbs.-Supply an irregular verb (one of the princi- '■ S"oC°A^^ttrieTf & °" '''''' "-^y '-" «"-*"»• The saint knelt before the altar a whole hour The butcher held the calf till it was bled to death. ?fiJ^*L''*^*^ '"*1' ^^ '*y»'^8 on *he ice. Ellen has grmvn to be a big girl The bird fleto to a milder climate. ''*"-"^®- Bav? jOit/o.-i/"ttCTt your promiBe ? go*=''.".^"f?^nfYSd;ifl"h^S«.'"''^""°"-^-''-s«^^^^ Have th Lesson LXV. ^ Literary Selection for Explanation and Study. The Lilt and thk Rosk. Within the garden's peaceful scene. Appeared two lovely foes, ' Aspiring to the rank of queen- Ihe Lily and the Rose. 5 The Rose soon reddened into rage. A^ i spelling with disdain, Appealed to many a poet's page, To prove her right to reignf 10 ^ A f^iK^i''^^*^'P'''^« command. au imperial flower ; Jhe seemed designed for Flora's hand The scepter of her power. ' This civil bickering and debate 15 A A 2 Soaaess chanced to hear. An^ flew to save, ere yet too late, The pride of the parterre. " Yours is," she said, «' the nobler hre And yours the statelier mien • ' And till a third surpasses you, -"^ I-et each be deemed a queen." Moral. r-et no mean jealousies pervert your mind A blemish is another's fame to find ' Be grateful for the gifts that you possess Nor deem a rival's merit makes ySS less —Cowper (1731—1800). Have th, selection read, and ro^uii-e an era, statement ot its contents. been too late. r I go, If thou Literary Analysis. -Tke Lily TrM..N.P..cK. Where does the conversation takes place? ma tn the garden\. peaceful shade! ^ ^-WUh- Tl8 2. Words and AoTIo^8. S. Result. MoBAL. Literary Analysis. /I. To what did the Lily and the Rose aspire ?~ 10 the rank of queen. 2. How did the Rose plea4 her cause?— TAe Rote, very much excited, tried to prove on the authority of th€ poets that the had a right to the dignity of queen, ^ 8. What was the Lily's argument?— TA* LtZw', argument wa» chiefly her height; still the appears to have been very modest. What did Flora decide P-iffora, hearing the de- bate, stepped in and settled the dispute hi bestowing upon each the title of queen. [What lesson maybe drawn from this fable ?- ■j lo avoid mean jealousies so destmctive of the \ precept of charity. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. IL 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. •20. 21. an Questions and Suggestions. From what is peaceful derived l-From peace. What does the suffix ful mean f-Full or What IS the meaning of scene as used here?-7'/ie vlace timo rir WhXlZ'' '''■ "i ""f '' '"'^ ^'""^ '^ i'naginJt^occZ: ' S^om Iw •°P,P*'','*^"' meared?-Disappeured. From what is lovely derived 7-From love. \VhtA r V "^«»?'n« of '««*•'- Position. «hl u "'^''* '^'^^^ been'heaSr**' The locksmith Llstlf ""^'^ *° ^^^^ ««»t««°e. The housJlmaidfiSsts' «wT'' ^°*"««- "'^ts, files. The gardener sows piant^tH.'; ^»«ii«s. s«'m oiej,. The cook stuffs, cuts. steeB7«ifi?'£s«' '-'^"e-i weX. The plasterer nlasfnia^^P',*"'^*'''*'*'"'*- in. Chanw to thlT ."'*''"""''*'"•''«"-•'•• "^ in He laid down to 123 Lesson LXVIL-Irregular Verbs. 191/. Principal Parts of Irregular Verbs. PrcBent. Bide, Ring, Bise, Bun, Say, Bee, Seek, Sell, Send, Set, Shed, Shine, Shoe, Shoot, Show, Preterit. rode, rang, rose, ran or run, said, saw, sought, sold, sent, set, ■hook, shed, shone, B., shod, shot, showed. Per/. Part. ridden or rode. rung. risen. run. said. seen. sought. sold. sent. set. shaken. shed. shone, R. shod. shot. shown, B. Imp. Part, riding, ringing, rising, running, saying, seeing, seeking, selling, sending, setting, shaking, shedding, shining, shoeing, shooting, tm * showing, mf. Give the principal parta of ride, Hng. ForS^t'a'5i^TJ^*A'l*»>«if'««'e88ive Form of a verb ? Th„ b lar VirT*^" Verbs-Supply one of the principal^a^i^7^~g„. a message to the governor when Z?" "'"'^rks.-I Aad been sending will be selling sugar t7acTnnL« ^^''^^^''y arrived.-The grocer soda, oatmeal, ginger to mnrrnTXT^"" °* **'•*»'•• <>love8,%ago, horse at the raloea to-'norrow— The groom loill be riding the * °5.»l.5'"'nJ''iir««on.-l',oor«,«t,,PPo...„/^^,„_ ,. Iwasrlngmgabell i'«'/.-I have beeVridl^ a Kel*^^^^^ ■^'"'- Lesson LXVIIL— Irregular Verbs. 123 191 g. Principal Parts of Irregtdar Verbs. Pre»mt. Preterit. Imp. Part. Per/. Part. If"*' Bhut, -hatting, shot. Snb sang or sung, singing. sung. Sink, sank or sunk, sinking, sunl. fil'v ^f*' ""^'^g' sat. S' stn. "P^^'^^' slidden or slid. sS 5' slingmg, slang. Smat6, Bmote. smiting. smitten. B^ftk ^°T^' "°^"«' Bown,R. Speak, spoke, speaking, spoken. S «. '^^^"^ '^ ^P®"' «P«"i"g. spelled' or spelt, R. 191 g. rj'v^ u.e principal parts of shut, sing *^ ' nS'*^ i^T^'j-**. *i *'^® Progressive Form of a verb ? (LeBaon T-y vrr poMa"mJo^d''"*'''''^^'^"^^'°'-'"'«"««d "'^'y '° t»^« indicative and in the Conjugate the ver"b Jove interrogatively.— Ex -Jnd Pr/.««i/ n« t i« o.t^ ^ thou love? Does he love? Do we love? P«^> ^^^ tT o^ '2.^? '* ^o^t la/'vir'bT'" V«'"^«'--S»PPly o°« of the principal parts of an ir'r"^. ^' mu® Shepherd has swig a beautiful song. The boatmati upset the boat and sank to the bottom of the lake The husbandman has sown turnip seed, """""i "i tie laKe. ^' Th« ^^l^i^r s««'W his knapsack on his back and started. The army is smitten with the plague. "^an-ou. 1 would have spoken to him had I met him. II. Change to the interrogative,— Do you love vour fatlmr »«^ your mother dearly?_Do thf children lo^e God wX their '^hot r^^^^^^^.X?" ^"^"^^ * scholar?- Will the f armor sow Jrass i; Lesson LXIX.~Irregular Verbs. 191 h. Principal Parts of Irregular Verba. Pre$ent. Spend, Spill, Spin, Split, Spread, Sprinf. Stand, Steal, Stick. Sting, Strike. Preterit. spent, spilt, spun, split, spread, Imp. Part. spending, spilling, spinning, splitting, spreading, sprang or sprung, springing, ■tood. standing, »*oJe, stealing, "*oob. sticking «*»ng. stinging, struck, striWnl, ■t™ng. stringing. Per/. Part. spent. spilt, R. spun. split. spread. sprung. stood. stolen. stuck. Btung. struck. strung. String, m h. Name the principal parts of sp^'^'"^m (Idem. Note III- wifviiTi^ ^hat moodB is the interr roninJ.*;!i: ^^ * "°* ^^^^ '» *he other moods? ""'"'"' '"'■™ ^^^ ' i^.^P''^^:^Ci^^^^^^;E3^. ond person singular spread, spill, steal. Ind.— Pubs. Pebf. FCT. Pot.— Prbs. Perp. Dost thou spend f Hast thou struclt? Wilt thou stand '.> Mayst thou split ? Mayst thou have spilt ? II. Verbs.— Supply the verbs. ffpKH..^i^'t'ttr«g? F.Pebp. Wilt thou have sprung? PAST. Mightst thou sDrnftrt 9 Pr-cPEBP.Mightst thoulf.ve*8tolen? Cats Of all. carnivorous animals tho nof 1. xu , quickest movements, and St the most r.^* "^ ^*?"*'* ««»«««. the le8s,-the soles of its fe^t b^Tke a ST' ^^f *read » noise proaches its prey, and when neai «nnn„T °° ' • '* stealthily ««. spring The^^e cat /-« .%»a Time and P^ace. Where does the conversation take place ?_/„ « church before an altar. ^ ia6 2. Words and Actions. 3. Re8uj:.t. Moral. Literary Analysis. I. What wish does the child express in fh« key of the tabernacle, that he mighiZlnit o „ ""'^cioae It at pleasure. ^ ^ " stanza ^—He ^ays he wishes he were the lit stanzT? ^r ^" ."^P^««« i° tl^e third 5 Ww":£V^ f «r. or .A. sLu^£^Zmp^' 5. What else does he wish in the fifth staSza? -He wishes he xoere the altar cmwhilonr Lord reposes as He did on His Motlie7sbreZ rWhat does he most particularly wish? ' rr. \ eacn Host that he receives at the >^ly table Questions and Suggestions. -A pla^e in a church on which the Holy Sacrijlce 4 i. 6. 8 9 10, 11. 12. 13. 1. What is an altar f- '• ^'^rif.frs^"" ^"' '"•" ''*"•" ••« «- »« Ho^ the bell, to ring. ^**** 3""* «^rP *OM».ST. ^ ^' '^•'•' "^' ^'^"""'"^ «/ comi,an«>«, and What is the objective of my ?~Me When 18 mine used instead of my ?-au) to HOST. ^" <'*'*-'* ""«) ^—Pronominal, and refers What is the subject of com.s Oast line) ?-The relative that. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 26. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. Exercises in Phraseology and Composition. '• \f^es"°"^*^ *** "P"^^t»' cross-pieces, panels, xnouldiags. 2. An «™.c/,rt,> consists of a back, arms lees schools, a city hall "' "'"'' ^'""^"= Bqaares, parks, churches, T28 Phraseology and Composition. '' ^r/Xdentt""' ^'^P^'^'"^ '«--«' --ectB essays, rewards ' ^iSestyi"' "''" ^""^'"^' ''«*«°« *« '-*-- -d lessons. l- A£f;i^w^X?|?^pr^^^^^^^^^ --^«' ^'gB. plants. «. A soUier drills, mounfs ^rrdj'gljs'^, wlr^*'"*'-^^'^ °' » ^'O""*- " are the pure of heart.- ""'' ^ ^"PP^'" ^^^ «"' I^«rd. 2" 8t"'li?i'^ '"^^ • '' H«^PPy are the pure of heart " beginning of wisdom 7 °' *°® Lord is the 4. St. James says: •' The tongue is a world of iniquity." tV.-l. Steal Steel. Straight. Strait. Exercise on Homophonous Words. 2. Tail. Tale. Tare. Tear. 8. Team. Teem. Their. There. 4. Threw. Throne. Through. Thrown. Where the dash occurs insert a suitable word from the above list. ^" §'!^«''^V*'i! generally made of steel. inou Shalt not steal. Drive straight along ^'"SofcrtL'^nthL.^^^* '^"^ ^--^ ^ tl^- nearest 2- ^° not out the dog's tail. The old man told us an interesting tale '■ Tfc! l*."*"'' "*;>' ""•'" • »»»■» <*"«» the window V. Write a composition on Iron. )ir nearest 191 /, Preneiit. Strive, Swear, Sweep, Swell, Swim, Swing, Take, Teach, Tear, Tell, Think, Lesson LXXI.-lrregular Verbs. Principal Parts of Irregular Verbs. " Imp. Part. Per f. Part. »t"vin«, striven, swearing, g^orn. sweeping, ^wept. swelling, BVfollen, R. swimming. ^y,^^ ' "• swinging, swung. J'^'^'og. taken teaching, taught, tearing, torn. *^'/»?g. told, thinking, though!). 139 Preterit. strove, swore, swept, swelled, swam or swum, swung, took, taught, tore, told, thought, ,"" "•"•"* inooas are them 9 wilt f«"fe°i-.?'"te -'v"r69T-HriB*i?,i'7„^bi^»S ^W^^^^-' 1 of a verb ? Note I —Tn^i m °' *• ^^^^ '^und ? (70) :ri*',"^«?t'?" or denial? as. ''''jffH'::f/°':'"i'-^« ^.r'' What JflTi^n v°' a nnite vei vvnai 18 toe Necptivo [•'nvm «# - " — '. -t*"™ '" ''"e subie M « flrsTauxlifai?" but .h?-^"l*l«J^ ''""«- return."-.?Not to love .:^??J]j;« ?••«^• »«• " ^^ai^e not "i'"l«'.^''° *°^ — -__ _2_^ •'^"'^''cJi'^es.— Not loving....!! th'^ principal parts of, ome of tS^vZbs!''''' ''-^"^ ^l^o tahat are S4frLi«^ f'"''*^^ ^-^ t»»e -i„d from the Kn of ?bi wi'. ^""^ ^^« "«* «"^«. Hkl other t'?i«?''*r«-- '^^^ ^"^ doVhe^wfee*lUT\f^?Je?/j*T-~^« ^^« "''^ striven hia best to my book MaggiedTdLTSa" t'-sKS^^^^^^^ day.— The courier had not take,, ^f.^ "?* '^'^'^^ ™e my lesson to- s"IC'^^''^.^^^«"«- "^ S^BwiW^nTthe^h"'?^" th'e omniht hvtlLfl i'^'r^"'"" ^ross the river iTL.f *'°^® evening.-The by the flood.— The janitnr u;iulnt,Tt^^ .stream was not awnll-n . •* " "''^ ^^".P the olasB-room '^-i-n tial.»ninTur;.il:;S'^,^''r.'L'"T"-'y- t^e indicative andP . 13° Lesson LXXII— Irregular Verbs. 191 j. Present. Throw, Thrust, Tread, Wear, Weave, Weep, Win, Wind, Work, Wring, Write, Piincipal Parts Preterit. threw, thrust, trod, wore, wove, wept, won, wound, worked or wrung, wrote. of Irreg^ulai Verbs. Imp. Part. throwing, thrusting, treading, wearing, weaving, weeping, winning, winding, wrought, working, wringing, writing, mi. Tell the principal parts of throw, thrmt Per/. Part. thrown. thrust. trod or trodden. worn. woven. wept. won. wound. worked or wrought. wrung. written. I. Verbs.- Supply a suitable verb where the dash occurs — 7V// tn what mood, tense, number, person, and voice each ve,-hbeloZT The Moosk.— The Cabiboc. th?quoU??^*7^«.*th^p"«!ff?'^"'"*?'''"°?**^'« form.-Can you not throw tne quoits {—Has the secretary tiot written the letter 1—Was the lann iZl? wln'^r' ^^' ^^othesj-llave not the Shamrocks ton Z game?-W-;M the porter noficmrf up the hall clock ?-ifa« the child wea^lirthe ote°"n'?.r*r°''-^*" '"'' *^« weaver sS; M^h weaving the cloth 7— Did the horse not tread on your foot ? Conjugate thrttst. tvear. iiw.pn^ aonvi- n«<..4.{ i- ,_j .... ■• - , Lesson LXXIII.-Defective Verbs vl."-^^' **' ^°:r^^ ^"^r-t -™on,y used. »3» Present. Beware, Can, Mast, Preterit. could. might. must. 198. tnowi,' I'ri'Hcnt. Ought, Bhall, Will, Quoth, Preterit. ought. should. would. quoth. a -^ ' quoin. .!.r,« ;-Js can be conjugated in but one person,- as. 'It there? Name them. a62)-Wh;t ^ tl.« a Ji^'^l/ /*'''»-How miny voices are El "8 ^^are Bentences div dedV(i?irD«fln^^^ (173>-VVitl, rc«ard to the r Negative form of a verhy (llsson r vvr ^^V^,,"**'*'- vl75-178)-\Vhat w tlia ver^ conjugated negative y ,> lb Notion ;' ^^ Exercise, Note I.)-How iia tive Formofa verb? (Lesson LXYnn^', 7P^^^ " the Nefiative^ntonoaa o^^J^^gatedneg^tively & (ibTNotl'lI.f " I-h-How Is^^a'vTb I. Conjugation of 'VeT\^a.-Co^;^^^^^;^;^l^^^ (Present and Past yPresent and Past Indicative. ' I ought. Thou oughtat. He ought ; We ought, You ought, V They ought. Subjunctive. MI ought, If thou ought, If he ought ; If we ought, JI you ought, If they ought. I-* u OQ Infinitive. Present— Ho beware. Indicative. FtUure.-l shall beware, oto. Potential, Present.-l may beware, etc. Past. -I might beware, etc Subjunctive. Pruent.-lt I beware, etc. Impebativb. Prwen (.-Beware thou or do thou beware. Indicative. Quoth.|Pa...|Q-thI.^ Yes. quoth he, I shall T™Lre k. i^f •"^' ~^4'"''' «' f^'«« Wends.- yourlesson last evening.-^ he '^" ^n;;::^^ 1^^^^^^^ have studied must make amends or underl nnn^h ^f^l-^**- ^-? ?'^id?-You ucpriveaof hispo8ition.-He;««/havebeen'the"e"inSe"*' '^ "' "^ ^^!'^T-!!t^l''«-"pri?«i^4»^%^i^^^^^^^^^^ and Potential Mooas.- 132 Cham ER VI. -Lesson LXXIV.-Participles. 104 A Participle is a word derived from a verb, participating the redb:: r '" T' "'--U-tive or a„ou„; it iJ^eJluy onued by addmK •»>,. d, or ,;l to the verb; thu« from the verb ,J three parfcples are formed: J.,e„ect, lovi„« ; Perfect, loved; ; .' perfect, having loved. 104. What is u Participle ? (l*2)-Donue each. (IKJ, 1B4) ClauseH .^ How aro clauseH divided? r?// !I?/r"°" °^ Particip!es.-Give the participl r^rt flows on its winding course through a richly cultivate,^ valley. «,^nL.v"f ^'""^ ^^^ participles, whether used as part of a verh n. as participles proper.-Te« what participle each /. ""* °' Pekkkction. more energy to this limb." " Well well " !»El t? * • I."" '^P' ^""^ these aro trifles." " It may bo so " rii'li J a f ^"l"'^' " *'»*^ »» that trifles make perf^ct^^d that ^eTfeclon S'trifl'?- ^^^''"-* ^^^Conjugate do in the progressive form.-Ind, Pres.~l am doing, thou aii I. The explorer. 2. A participial adjective. T-KssoN LXXV Literary Selection for Explanation and Study."' Canadian Boat-Son-g. Fuintly as tolls the evening chim^ . We'll ,i„g „t it-mli "'"" ""k '!"", • R..W, brother". ,»?■„,:, ■"'""« ''}'"'°- ni«nv. breezes blow fir T"" '^^'^''y "'" • Ottawa's tide! tJiiw tp«ivr.i>i- H.T.tl.,„l«„tta„^.„„ . -''•""'•<• ('?W-2«5iM !• PUBSONAQES. Tims and Pi,ACE. 3. WOBDS AND ACTZONS. Literajy Analysis. the honf ».,/j. ;..„. '""»"^' "'"' the oam ( he road, him. iple where sople from Pharaoh's Hebrews, i^ithdrawn his abode 3 stricken, ssage was ^he desert mna/rom Hebrews ion.— r/je ffers from ged pine, 3ic, while 14 merrily 3 Hood of iiai MocJ, Chapter IX.--Les.son LXXVIII. Conjunctions and Interjections. 139 201. A Conjunction is a word used to connect words or clauses in construction, and to show the dependence of the terms so connected ; as, " lie is patient and happy, because he in a good Christian. 202. The conjunctions most commonly used are: And, as, both, beeyise,lf, that, then, so, therefore;— or, nor, either, neitlier, but, lest, unless, whether. 208. An Interjection is a word uttered merely to indicate some strong or sudden emotion of the mind ; as, Oh ! Alas ! 204. The interjections most commonly used are: Ah ! alas! hurrah t indeed! hallo! oh! psiiaxo ! welcome! ha! adieu ! farewell ! hist I ^' .-?']• ■What J8 a Conjunction ?-a02. Name the conjunctions most commonly 1 Interjection?— iJO*. Name the principal interjections. used.— 203. What is an : I. Conjunctions.— Where the dash occurs insert a suitable con- junction. 1. Josue and Caleb entered the Promised Land. Sarah or Jane is to hem the curtain, I thought '.' ^t he would come. Neither he nor his brother was there. 2. He will not be pardoned unless he repent Whether he acme or not I will go. Both he and his cousin are at the school. She was rewarded, becaiise she attended school regularly. II. Interjections. — Insert a suitable interjection. 1. Alas I I am undone. Oh I what a sad accident I Vf «ico»we / you are welcome to our home I Hallo I Sam, where are you going 'i* :, PsImw! Fred, you're not going home to-night. Ha I I'll tell the Teacher. Farewell 1 I'm off to Manitoba. Hist 1 It's only the wind. I am going. Adieu I III. Draw one line under the conjunctions and two lines under the interjections.— iVie Teacher may ask what the conjunctions connect. Joseph. r J;i"^£f *'''**'^^'* Joseph, ana his brothers were jealous of him. One day . tiey Wnh*"A?A?P''*"*l!,'\-^''''*"'!"''- ''What has become of my son?^ saiS „f.?.? • J^A^L* wild beast has dovoun i lani." The old man had lono mourned his lost son, w/idiH fannne obliged him to send his chil '-en to Egypt to buy corn. Joseph was Pharaoh's prime niiiiistor. Oil! vi. were hia Tdtt^r TA^. ttfeT t'ofd '^^. ^''^^^^'-^ "'"' '^^^'^^ "-- -'-- -« ^^^ o.f; ^^t'\'!iTAH*''"K'''^ *''*''?'''' ""'J J""!"'' tl'oy answered that it will break fav,,vu» Lo (*«'« ^ ^ ''"»>•* to Pn^rt with Henjai.iiu after losing another knnTn 1^1,/; /°««l'»' ^»« SO inov^ad that he sht,,! tears; he macro liimself O Cnhfi^Luf i^""""" "'"'' '^"'^^'' <^o»«'^»'« t'i«". loaded them with presents! O Jacob! what joy yon e.xperioiicea on once more seeing your beloved soul i>„~"''V"^^'* ""^V ^""", '",'"" i" .t5"' piogicsKivo foiiu.— iH/.— To be snowina. To have been snowing. fmt.-It is snowing. U was snowing. It has been suowing. Po^— It may be snowing. \. A conjundtive adverb. .X4 Mo^ Chaptkk X.~Lksson I-XXTX.-Punctu.?ticn. 205. The princ; pal marks of punctual ion aio :- 1. The Comma, a mi,„ n ^ i 2. The Sennorbn. • 1 -it f T"^' .■ ' 8. The Colon, ' '. ^ i'^^ tntorrogut.on. ? Oftfi A r'^ . ' • "• Al'e i'^xclnination, I ^uo. A comma ^-^ iv.'aoed aftm' ."jioii w^ivi «* . » two, and betwetm the short niGmhrr/nt """'1 "^ "'"''^ tl"» -4^f ' L.;?^;;jiS;j?^-« '^ '^--^ luotation ; as. •• Our LorU i'X'. V Pedod J8 placed after ever V flfloInrAfi »«.. J • tenci. .nd after overy initial and aZSon as ^^ri"'"- ^'''"r"- Now. Scofi..--.. Jas. is the ahbreviaZuTj.m^; " ^' ^^ '* "*'''-^'" 9ofiS, ct;/i?^*J';*?^*"°° '^ ."«^ '^^*«'- ^ 1«-t-- ; as. <• Wnen are you " Mui, ALf *^|r*«°" '« »««^ *ft«r an exclamatory expression ; as. Interrogatimi^-^TheK Tlie Period ?-810. Tlu, p^"- sr S «■•"■■ , KSf Toronto. Sii/ar. Whftt" S'lrround. Very.' Elizabeth. FIo^.r. Krm.e. &'-• g'-W- 4 I «lni ''*^''* 9".V is surrounded by a vorv thick wall III. Punctuate this selection. Ju*^ nofte^^^ 'RSjjSiSrfl'' r"'}'*^^?*''"^ -verthing too MnX^V ••' '-^ J^""'*»'« ">ak:4'iha "we ° uVou f^"' We''!'^ ■'}''^ materials "i nniai*"'' '*, '^ "°.* «"»"Rh to ciaui ourselves w/thn ll * ^? runiiiiatii.^. uuless we chew them over ni.d over mmfu theV wi if ^T °^ collections ; uoanBhnient. The nienwrv luay be scored iZ Th 'f* ^ 8tio,,gth a.ui and the stock "' ' uowlodpo not increased ,vh«;'li?'. ' '"* " "ttle better, i»rft ■""*'' ^wlodL'eof hearsav aii.1 fi.A«« u- . such a know- talking by i-ote very ^ftou uvZ^l^^uJlll?: ' ,' ::':'l'^, '. f i* «_*» best buf rest to the ks, " Our Lord Lesson LXXX, ,^, Literary Selection for Explanation and Study. BkATH of CHAMI>r,\tN. charity, an ren,£ aw 1 L o^r^ ^r',^'' '^"'^ *" '^'•d«nt uruiocoHHary. Twontv ti , h I « ,r I'i? ''^" '^"'^ character ests of tl.e colony Urio.^Tr'^.''""^^ the inter- waa deopoBt on t^ o ~V h,f „lo 'f "'r''^«- ^''e" the snow cloaK wrappedrou Kl 1 i, ;'?'* ""* o'. doors, with his the far north-west I n the tin o orT'"''"^' ^''PeditionB to the hi8t6ry of the cS., v n^^f '*''''i'*''°' ren^arkable in ' ^«' whan the day was 3na ST *''?'" "^"tumnal baauty, deep crimson InnS^TheiL'"" "^^T^^"^ "P«» *hem in little city he had foSod th^nZT.-^T >""« «o"'y "Pon the were making good diSr 'fc^i tCtn ?''' ?''i5"'"^*' '^"^^"'ng^ when the maSr sot out no n t'^^'^^y "^ the Son of God, eternity; the pUot4lo,tl. T w. ' '""^ ''°y,''8«= *1^« o°°a«- that th'e goveri;i"LdC:on5 i^rthrK"? tt mightier than he and tho rulL- V^^f »* the fortress to a 30 home in the city of Chr t -\2aT V "//•^^"%*° ^'^ ^^^'""^J THAT Live IN CAircHElnTS." ^ • '^^ ""^'•-From '• NamA soleetion, " Death of Chami.lai. " is f?om li«r •.'v''"'''''" ^, ^"'"lic writer. The Hearts,' a hook which, as well as a 1 Ktw m.T"' "'f '''v« "' Catholic widely circulated. *" '^^^ °*"er literary i)roduetious, should be Have the selection read, and require an oral Btatement of Its contenta. 10 15 20' 25 1. Prrsonaoes. Time and Place. Literary Analysis. Of whom does this selection treat 7~nf the 'e!r orateu explorer, Saimel da Champlain. When and where did Champlain die ?_/« Uu: citu oj Quebec, on ChrUtnm.hay, 1635. ' »4a 2. Words and Actions. Literary Analysis MoBAIi. r 1. Of what did Champlain give proofs ? o/ /"c'/y ./«/,/, „„,, an ardent churuT '^ " ■ o^eaT^"^^™? '« '* said h:tro8sed the ocean !~lwenty times. ^'^^ 17. How did Champhta di,?-^ ^ ckriman. What instruction should be drawn frnm .v, example of ChamDlain? tI ."^ ''^^ Questions and Suggestions. 1. What io the meaninff of rt//^» » ai- H. What IS a co/onw «—>< A/.^ co««^ry ~Wi>„lom applied to practice or cautton evinced in Utretlnmiiht /'/'"«;« w practice, or What js the meaning of nmieration ?~Freedoni from excels of any Whfthirnl'rT™"];^''^ ^'^'"^ *° *^« ^afa/Z^^P-Zwdian.,. tC;Tf^.T, f'V'T '"^''' Columbus discovered America he thought he had reached the western shores of India. To whom was diamplain ever a friend ?-ro tZsavanes What IS the meaning of (1) self-controlled, (2) eneroZ^S) decinvel (i) Restrauit exercised over one's self; (2) Active tbrcble- Alonn elusive, marked by promptness. ^ ' ^""'*'' '<"^"««' (3) Con- Give some words having nearly the same meaning as penetration What word might be used instead of franknesl'-Onennes, What s thd meaning ot bleak ^-Desolate a,^ cold. What is a 2)lain ?— Level land. \vhT, r^f * '' ««««'«««« derived ?-From autumn. Whaf I' ^^^ " '^ °^ ''*" ^'■"''^ '''■'.'/ ''« had founded >~Ouebec What was the the mariner's last voyage ?~Death. 144 vuedtions and Suggestions. »o«/ hud gone to Hear/ breaUud his Imt, and his pure rendered ""^"'' '^''"H «'omW, or aliould have ««o«,: """"" "''^^ ^-^^ «"bject8 i„ the 3rd sentence.-iW<;»f, 64. Name the adjectiven in fh« am = . W»i,,r/fe,. "" """""'""">>»«<'"' (2»tl. line) ?_/„rf,>«,„ 87. P.ree Ohn,tim.-P,op n I,;! «.,. ■ ll>embjecto/nm°^:\'"'f"-'"V: »•»., •.. c, tow, i, ,. 68, t .,™p.r<, «„„.„._i, ,, ,„ „ ^^,, ^^ „„^^,.,^__ i Exercises in Phraseology and Composition ''¥^4-^^^^ "I'ot'S"'' "■*"'•■ ""•'■''• '»«'■. ""-y. oamag8.hor.e. ' ™*' PMlt-Lorse, the rr-ca-hopw the .tetmS."" ""'""S-'W M h.. ■„,„,. wi„a„u,., „,,.r.miU, Sives coughs and colds". " " """' "'^^''^oy^ i^aects, stops vegetation, ?8»ion of a li/f announced to I and hit pure 6 and Poten. »fiould have m.—Niffhti, ■; heroic, o.; which, rel.; —Indicative because it is il the parts tion. ries, mills, ih, ebony, iter, salt- (oil. lorsQ, the tor-mills, the sun. Phraseology and Composition. M5 J: S?.r^t^^Suri;;"'r''°« "- -■•• '^^ river. «. The w jp„;.Kf ,- -I ^^^^ !S;n:= tr- ill. Change the words italicized to their opposites iitches IS not virtue The proud will be /iawW^rf. Ihe good will be reward^. ihe dam«e£i will bo eternall mserahle. Youth is improvident. Politeness is a .^ood ?««;;<« ^ne old man is prudent. Poverty is not t)tc«. The humbU will be exair tcaHte your time. Nellie tied a ribbon round her waist. ±111 my ewer^ with water. Where is yow basin ? V.^Write^acompositior. on The Dbathof Champlain.' see tbauiTe^uifilTaotorKlo th^ii- 1,^^^^^^ and the Teacher should 146 Chapter XI.— Analysis. ExAM,.,,K« OF Anax.y8is.-I. The Simple Sentence. 1. God loves man. This is a simple declaiative sentence The subject is God ; the prbd.cate. love. ; the object, ,„«„. 2. God is love. This is a simple declarative sentence. The subject is GoU ; the predicate, Is ; the attribute, /.... II. The Complex Sentence. 1. Men who love God observe His law. claT-si^iTdrdSLfctut*" ""*^"^^' ''^"-^■"g ot a principal Jo)7eZT' ^^''^^^ '' '"-'^ "^-'- ^^- '"- ; the dependent clause. thJXSSL:^'*'^^">'''^P-<^-*°'--e is 3/.„; the predicate, o...„.; obSr, ffi"' °' *'" '^^^^"'^^"^ «'-- - -"« ; the predicate, love ; the 2. Do men who love God observe His law ? This is a complex interrogative sentence deSSSSSr ^^°' ^'-'- -. ^0 -- o^-r.. Hi. la. ..-the oWr"hi:;bj:ct!t."'^P^"'^^"^ ^''^"^ - --; the predicate, <^o obSt S"' ""' "" '^^'^"'^^"* ^^-- - - i the predicate. /..; the a sentence Analysis. HI. The Compound Sentence. 147 of 'two or "rre^d"!.? r"!'?' '' ' ""'^"^^ *^^* ---- Examples Analyzkd. 1. Prosperity gains friends, but adversity tries them. pandttdauBr'^"""'' ''^'^'•^"'*'- -"*--. consiBting of two inde". tru!'^^'tSl'Zn:ct^T^^ ^-"-f'-'ends; the Becond. aclvernty i^llS^":!,^ "^«* ^'^"^'^ ^« ^-/'-■'^; the predicate. ,«,„,; Jobj^ctfc' *^' '^''"^^ clause is arf,.....vy; the predicate, tn.. ; 2. Study your lessons and write your exercise pendeSt da'usTsT"'^'' ""P"*^"^^ ^^"*«"-' «°-'«ting of two inde- .ifThVclfn^nectivefsS/""'' '""'""'= *^'« ««««"<». «^ri,e ycmr cat^e'r/Jftl^VbttllSr " '""" "•• •'^"" ""-^-^^-i; the predi- pre'Slc^L^ttfthe^Cri:^^^^^ '^ """' - '^- "-^-tood; the your f:Z;S^f'^ '''' ^-'--^•o" and have you written pendtt"crauB°e7°""' ^"*--g««ve -ntence. consisting of two inde- theobjS^Szli'^J;-^* ^'--« - ?/»«; the predicate, ,„re .tudiecl ; th JX-ect'^eXlS^^^^^^^^ "''^"^^ - ^- ' the predicate, ^a.. written ; low flL'sT ^""'^ ^'^ ^'^^"^^' ^•"^«' -d how swiftly the swal- peStdauir""' ^-'-"''t-y sentence, consisting of two inde- 148 Analysis. H The SENTEN'CK.-Analysis.-Synoptical Table. Definition Meaning. Form, Cldtmes. Principal Parh- i- Declarative. 2. ImijerativG. 3. Interroj^ative. 4. Exclamatory. 1. Simple. 2. (Jomplex. ii. Compound. 1. Independent. 2. Dependent. 1. Subject. ) „ ■ - - 3_ JESR, •2. Predicate. / ^^^^'ntial Porta. ( 3. Object, or Attribute. .Y( Chapter XIL— Parsing. J49 oroltmerettfd"wo?dnr^""/ °^ explaining of a sentence, Example of Parsing, diffic" u;/'' "■' """ "•■■" '=°"™8; b". "'"S! he walks wi.h 1. A pronoun is a word UBed instead of a noun what pe^on ?f Is.^"'""""" " '^ ^"-"'-"'^ "-^ ^ho-s, by it. form,, of 3. Tlie first person denotes the speaker or writer. 4. Ihe singular number denotes but one. of "^ JmaESf^^^rtiL^'^i.llr?^ f^^^^^^'^ou. or'animals «iven to the masculine) ^'^"'Jei- is doubtful, the preference is w£c?'t:.s^tS:x iuS S': fi:;;;:t^,;f ^^ -- - i—n -■^t'"' is an adverb. I pitiUtiplf, an adjective, 1. A verb is a word used to express a,.Mon or !,.;„. -s- A transitive verb is ii vf>i-h fi,,.f person or t.hin« to another ^ expresses action done by some ^^^^^nlS;:^:^:^^^ 'tspretent or ^hat M^^s s;:; S.;r-;-^'^-— ^ which shows an n.^l^alS"' '""'' '^ ^""''^"y "^'^'i ^" -1-- - declaration or phi J'^ present tense is used to express what exists or is taking ^ 7. The firat i^i-Hon denotes the speaker or writer. 1 An adverb is a word nd(kd to ^ v,.,i, or another adverb to niodifv it ' ISO Parsing. 8. The singular number denotes but one. - ^^9.^AverbagreeswithitsBubjectornoxninativeinperBonandnumber. The is the definite article. theirtgnTfitw *^^ "^'^'^ ''^''' « «' - -ed before nouns to limit or'th?„g:'^'°'*«^^"«^««''^''. which denotes «ome particular thing ■3^ff» is a common noun of fhf> th;,.^ masculine gend°rXl ^j^tSlt US""' ""«"'" """"'"• en i;^kr™or''L°SS'""' '"'""'°' '"'""J. P'«-. o-- thing, «,.. of t Jm.£S:" "'""'' " "»« "hich denote, pe„on, or .ntaal. /*«< is a conjunction. -4/rM / IS an interjection. or'Budd"oit,rl"?./!.^_l-'^^ merely to indica^.. .on^. ,.„_. Parsing. ^^^ * 'maS,r;S\";d i*r, ''■r ''"'°"- ™8"'- """'"-. c benaer, and in the ncMiiinative case to uu/h 1. A pronoun is a word used instead of a noun person ft™''' ^'■°"°'^° '' ^ P^°°°"» '^^^ «hows, by its form, of what 3. The third person denotes the person or thing spoken of 4. The singular number denotes but one of 'tke mal"S"' ^^"''^'' ^^ '''^' ^'-^ denotes persons or animals whth^^u^aSrSeVS ruS STS v^rb^^ ^ ^ ^ ^ P-oun. ^nd agrees w-uh its nominafve /... (185) ''' ""•"'^'''^' done taiof *"^ ^"' '' ^ ^^^'^ *'-* -P-sses being or action not V^^P^l^Sai^i^nJ^^^^^J^ preterit and perfect an' JerroSon/'^^^^' '' ^'^"^'-^^^ "«ed to express a declaration or ^j 5 Jhe present tense is used to express what ex.sts or is taking 6. The third person denotes tlif4 "S / a person .,) thing spoken of S^.^- ""l''^ '^^''"'^''^ ^i*^ its 7. The singular nil nih«r ^ . s'^r^ ■' ?"'^i«ct or nominative but one. ^ ""'"^^'^ denotes ^ S^ i in person and num- J^<> be- (18.^) tnt/i IS a preposition. noun or pronoun. ' "" '" generally placed before a Diffimhy is a common noun of thp fh.VH number, neuter senrl. r nni j "^ l'^''^""' s'ngular walks .i,,;diffiou,t^^;?;^r,;/^rh"X'ir'-n= '^:";'«''- ';^^?ive„ ,he book ,„ lamcl ■Z'.wSt' !^ ci;e'i:.„ .-« a> ■ • . bo, !„,« .,. -"»« » A,».y.» «d Pacing:. •53 ™^f=„is.?eZti7oFr tog thM oppresses his M^pUii h«?S' """I'"!''"'" »<> Hir Set.!:!.- -tely. and then acTprorptly''"?[' The^^iJ^^^^^ ^" Ttithff f / «i A4e boys ^vore rwMtitig th.nr lea- W' '54 General Review. 76. He whoperaeveresTtheend shilitlv'e^!" Suspicion^enterfi Definitions. ' Written Words. Synopsis for a General Review. ( Written. i ,, ( Spoken. j ^^^e up of words. f Made up of f 1' Vowels. | i. guent. letters. 1 [2, Initial. ^ ['i- Consonants. ) 3. Final. Oni«. of Vowels. !''''"■""'"«''• la! Jln^cjio. Triphthongs. P- I^roper. ^ i (2. Improper. 1. Monosyllables. 1 2. Dissyllables. / 3. Trisyllables. [" 4. Polysyllables, j Syllables. Division of words into syllablea. 1' Classes. /Proper. I Common. as o in. S 2. Modifications. 1- /"erww. J Second. (Third. 2. Number. '\ Sin-ular. i 2. Plural. 3. Gender 4. Case. II. Masculine. j 2. Feminine. (3. Neuter. n. Nominative. j2 Possessive. (3. Objective. ThkAbticlb. /^•I'eflnite. 1 2. Indefinite. O Classes. J 1 Compari- \ son. (I- Common. 2. Proper. 3. Numeral. 1- I'J'onominal. '">• Participial. (l. Positive. j 2. Cwmparative. (3. Saperlative. The Pronoun. General Review.. Synopsis for a General Reviev^.-Continuea, (classes. '55 Modifications. Classes. Modifications. [ Personal, j Relative. ( Interrogative. ( The same as those of Nouns. Form. Meaning, Voice. Principal Partg. Mood, Tense. Number. Person. (1. Regular. j 2. Irregular. (3. Defective, /I. Transitive. ( 2. Intransitive. fl. Active. 1 2. Passive. '1. Present. 2. Preterit. 3. Imp. Part. (4. Perf. Part. !1- Infinitive. 2. Indicative. 3. Potential. 4. Subjunctive. 5. Imperative. II- Present. 2. Past. 3. Perfect. 4. Pluperfect. 5. Future, fi. Future Perfect. fl. Singular. 12. Plural. f First. i Second. ( Third. TuE Participi.k ( I. Imperfect. ■j 2. Perfect. (3. Preperfect. Thb; AmKi!,) : Liat of principal. ThePrkpohition: ' =< The Conjunction: •• «< The Intbhjjsction ; ■< << SUPPLEMENTARY LITERARY SELECTIONS. I.-r.On's GOOPNESS EVER TO BE REMEMBERED Let never day or night unhallou-ed pass But still remen^ber what the Lord hS'done. II.— God's Greatness III.- Gratitude to (ioD. How blest 'I'hy creature is. O God When, with a single eye •He views the lustre of Th^ word. Ihe day-spring from on high. Through all the storms that veil the skies And frown on earthly things, '' - With healing on His wings. Struck by that light, the human heart A barren soil no more, ' bends the sweet smell of grace abroad U here seri,ent:s lurked before 157 15 ONS. KRED. one. ni au-im'd). 20 10 Literary Selections. "^ Tl^S,r^' "'^^^^ «°'den hcams "It- fruitful year controls, Since first, obedient to Thy word He started from the goal, Has cheered the nations with the joys His orient rays impart : ^^ But. Jesus 'tis Thy light alone ^--an shine upon my heart. —(Wpcr (1731-1800), ^^•"-'^"E Eternitv of God. O Lord ! my heart is sick, And wakes no echo in Th';™:L'SemU;' —F. IK. /\ hat honor should unto that queen be done Who had your God for Father, Spouse, and Son — //. ConaUihle (ICOO— ?). XIX, — The Seasons of Ijfe, , I. Sprint The soft green grass is growing O'er meadow and o'er dale. The silvery founts are flowing Upon the verdant vale ; The pale snowdrop is springing To greet the glowing sun ; The primrose sweet is flinging Perfume the fields among ; The trees are in the blossom. The birds are in thtir song, As spring upon the bosom Of nature's born along. n°i^t1?.T of humble life doth green and verdant spring. It doth little ween the strife that after years will bring • Like the snowdrop it is fair, and like the primrose sweet; But Its innocence can't scare the blight from its retreat. a. Summer. The full ripe corn is bending In waves of golden light ; The new mown hay is sending Its sweets upon the night ; lo / 15 I 5 ^ 10 15 Ti Li Li free ive, ve, o wear, kings, t Son ;iC06-?) int spring, ring; e sweet ; etreat. 10 Literary Selections. 163 The breeze is softly sighing, To cool the parched flowers ; The rain, to see them dying. Weeps forth its gentle showers j The merry fish are playing, Adown yon crystal stream ; And night from day is straying As twilight gives its gleam. And thus manhood, in its prime, is full and ripe and strong. And It scarcely deems that time can do its beauty wrong. IS Like the merry fish we play adown the stream of life ; And we reck not of the day, that gathers what is rife. • 3. Autumn, The flowers are all fading, Their sweets are rifled now, And night sends forth her shading ^ ^ Along the mountain brow. 5 The bee hath ceased its winging To flowers at early morn ; The birds have ceased their singings Sheafed is the golden corn ; I'he harvest now is gathered '® Protected from the clime ; The leaves are seared and withered That late shone in the prime. Thus when fourscore years are gone o'er the frail life of man, 15 Time sits heavy on his throne, as near his brow we scan • Like the autumn leaf that falls when winds the branches wave, Like night-sh Jows daylight palls, like all he finds a grave. 4. Wint^. The snow is on the mountaip The frost is on the vale, The ice hangs on the fountain, The storm rides on the gale ; 1 64 Literary Selections. 10 The earth is bare and naked, The air is cold and drear, • The sky .vith snow-clouds flaked, And dense foul fogs a|)pear ; The sun shines not so brightly Through the dark murky skies. The nights grow longer— nightly And thus the winter dies. Thus falls man, his season past the blight hath tak'n his bloom ; 15 Summer gone, the autumn blast consigns him to the tomb • 1 hen the winter, cold and drear, with pestilential breath. ' mows upon his silent bier and whisijers— This is death. ' I'. J, Uuteley. H 30 10 '5 30 XX. — Our Daily Bread. Give us our daily Bread, O (Jod the bread of strength ! For we have learned to know How weak we are at length. As children we are weak. As children must be fed ; Give us Thy (irace, () Lord, To be our daily Bread. Give us our daily Bread, — The bitter bread of grief. We sought earth's j)oisoned feasts For pleasure and relief, We sought her deadly fruits, But now, O God, instead, We ask Thy healing grief To be our daily Bread Give us our daily Bread ^ To cheer our fainting soul j i he feast of Comfort, Lord, And peace, to make us whole : 10 'S »s JO to »S 20 Literary Selections. ,g- For we are sick of tears, The useless tears we 'shed : Now give us comfort, I,ord, I o be our daily Bread. Give us our daily Hread, The bread of Angels, J,ord, «y us so many times, Broken, betrayed, adored : His Body and His Blood ;- I he (east that Jesus spread; Give Him-our life, our all- » o be our daily Bread ! —A(lelai4le A. Procter (1825-1864). XXI—The Wor f and the Lame A Lamb her thirst was slaking, Unce at a mountain rill. A hungry Wolf was taking His hunt for sheep to kill, Tu- '"r"^ "" ^^*^ streamlet's brink This sheep of tender age, lie howled in tones of rage How dare you soil my drink? Vournnpudence I shall chastise'" ^^Le not your maje.sty," the Lamb replies Decide m haste or passion ! ' ' For sure 'tis ditticult to think J i '"^^•^*'''' "f '■"shion qm.« '^ drinking here could soil your drink A suckling of ire ,«,.fu,._ j_ • ^:. ' « Vour brolherlhen. '■ ■'' BiTt'broiher T h. VWell. well, what's alhhetne ^"'' "^'"*^ rwas some one of your name. ' 11 i! i66 as 30 Literary Selections. Sheep, men, and dogs of every nation, Are wont to stab my reputatioiL As I have truly heard." ^Vithout another word, He made his vengeance good, — JJoff off the Umbkin to the wood, And there without a jury, Judged, slew, and ate her in his fury. What is the moral ? "^"^ ^''"''»»"* re »S to XX I r. — St. Joseph. Hail f holy Joseph, hail I Husband of Mary, hail 1 Chaste as the lily flower In Eden's peticeful vale. Kail ! holy Joseph, hail I Father of Christ esteemed. Father be thou to those Thy Foster-Son redeemed. Hail I holy Joseph, hail I Prmce of the House of God, May His best graces be By thy sweet hands bestowed. Hail ! holy Joseph, hail I Comrade of angels, hail J Cheer thou the hearts that faint, And guide t.ie steps that faiL Hail ! holy Joseph, hail ! God's choice wert thou alone ; To thee the Word made flesh Was subject as a Son. Hail I holy Joseph, hail ! Teach us our flesh to tame And, Mary, keep the hearts That love thy husband's name, 10 10 m. •0 Fontaine, 'S lO Literary Selections. Mother of Jesus, biess, And bless, ye saints on high. All meek and simple souls That to St. Joseph cry. XXHI.-Thk Worms ok Socratks. 167 -F. W. Faber. 10 »5 A house was built by Socrates 1 hat failed the public taste to please. Some blamed the inside, some the out ; and all S^l^V^"' ;'^^' apartments were too s.nalL '" Tu ' ,^'9"^' " no greater bliss inan real friends to fill e'en this " And reason had good Socrates To think this house too large for these. A crowd to be your friends will claim r.11 some unhandsome test you bring. There's nothnig plentier than the name Iheres nothmg rarer than the thing. — La Fo*\tainf. XXIV.— Kind Wohd.s. Kind word,', are the music of the world Th^.. u^ power which se.ms to be beyond natuw ciul ll.K ^ orea^rVnT'' ^"^^' ^^•'^'''^ hadKl^ryT'and'^cS:^ pnrh nf »u . . . ^ "' "*^ iriend-s. Perlians s^ewhat';;^d;st;:r"i^e;';ndt::ibi:r"^'^'"^^^^'^'^ each other by the circuhtion of ? *^^ hitcn^^t against u/ ine circulation of a gossip. Or they had '^ Literary SelecHoni. But « kind wordif^H^lns L'*'!,'"'^*^" °^«he other. word~has been enou^htTU !|I Tm' '■*^P°'*. °^ * k*"^ •o be the con,.ence.enf ofVtXi'rl'^Z^jZ' "' *° —F. W. Fabtr. XXV.-Thk Fox and the Crow. ?f!tsr.tdter^^^^ A darmg Crow a larder entered ' Be ow, .„d looked her in he face • , Bear ma'am," said he 'Mn^„'.^' , I would „o, for .heVo^l, iJ„°"„^ "-.'nk ",. rude - Sbi~f >;/?"' '"""""""'"Kbeauly Th™"' •'"I"'' my duly: '^ Unless your goodness will comolvi" A "TC' '^'■''»' believed the?oL Si'-^^t^nttfsSbs^' he >ox snaps up, and sneering cries ' 3. l?^?;S:^TreaVtS:/aSTo„r.hroa.; ~ • "''^ "»c wora to say ; »s 30 » of one was of the other. \ of a kind "^ht, and to hip. ^. fV. Fubtr. e— Literary Selection. 35 lo "" 8 worth a piece of muttoa" XXVL^SoNo or Mav Morning. The flowe^'Zf^ho from'h'"^ ^''^' ^"^ ^^r The yellow cowsMprardThe n.'.' ^''^" '*»^ ''"°"''' — iftVton (1608-1674). XXVIL-Arx Reugions Cannot .e Accptabi. . n '^^CBPTABLE TO GoD. He be" :" SXsJ/S"^ TP^^'^'^ *° «od ? Can another ? Evident not Tnfi° -f '^°"" °^ '^^"hip as S with falsehoodV iXue J"iT' '"'''^ '^""^^ ^^ P'eased 5 evil. He who'assertlhftall ?elil""°' "'^^ P'^*^"'-^ i» thatn^an may fulfil his dutfi tS Tr^^^^^^^ any form of religion indiscrimin^ll ^*^ ^'J' adopting and b>a3phe™« .he ve,a':ir:r^^lr;?htS'S —Holmes (1810-1848). XXVIII.— Charitv. 169 10 «5 •^ Literary Selections. XXIX—To-Dav. Only rrom day to day The life of a wise nun runs • What matter of seasons far an. y. Have Kloom or have double itin,? J To clin,b the unreal paths, lo lose the roaduMvhere We sw.m the rivers of'wrath; And tunnel the hills of fear. Our feet on the torrent's brink Our eyes on the cloud afar ' Instead of tlje things that are. Each later wave the best, lo-morrow forever flies To-day is the speciariesL Like a sawyer's work is life ; And .hf*''? '"J"^''" 'he flaw, And he only field of strife is the inch before the saw. —J. B. (VBriU,, (1844-.). XXX. —A Good Advicr XXXI._A l-iNK Dav ,n Summer. A day when Summer supersede .],„ c ■ And June;., innumerablcCes „ „„ ^""^ ■^«5r Oioiyiann fufhrion (1«U_). 30 >'S »s (1844—). s do, bill 1814—). Literary Selectioni. XXXII. -Thk Acokn and the C.ovhtk " ^ll^^^"^' '\^. *orld is oddly nmde. And everything amiss," ^ ^ dull, rcmplainin.? atheist said As stretched he lay U'neath the shade 5 And instanced it in this : ' " Behold," <,uoth he, "that mighty thins I« he d but by a little string, ^> Iml. upward cannot make it sprina. Nor benrit from the groi;nd ; * •' While on this oak an arorn small, ,,..^"^'«P'-o|>oitioned grows, 1 nat whosoe'er surveys this all 1 his universal, casual ball its Ill-contrivance knows. "My better judgment would have hun«y V^e gourd upon the tree ""^ Mong things that on the surface sprunir And weak and feeble be." ^ *' No more the caviler could say No further faults disclose: For, upward gazing at the sky, 5 tell down upon his nose. From pain his^ eyes with tears ran o'er As punished for the sin. Fool ! If the gourd an oak-tree bore XXXIII. -The Arctic Indians Faith. We worship the Spirit that walks unseen I hrough our InnH r.f :^„ .„j unseen ue know not Hi^f^c^;;;;^;;:;;^^, Bm His presence and power we know' 30 «7i f7a lO »S 30 lO Literary Selections. ^t' ^^^^^"ffalo need the Pale-face word «7u ° "'^ pathway far? What guide has he to the hidden ford. Ur where the green pastures are? Who teacheth the Moose that the hunter's gun M7? Pee"ng out of the shade ? ^ ?n !hf ^'V'i' ?°" ^"^ »he Fawn to run In the track the Moose has made ? ^i! *^° ^^/o"o«^. Him do we fea- The Spirit of earth and sky : Who wears with the JFoptW eager ear His poor red children's cry. Whose whisper we note in every breeze - rhat stirs the birch canoe : Who hangs the reindeer-moss on the trees For the food of the Caribou. "^ tL5!!"k ""^ T'l^'P ^^o ^a'J^s unseen Through our land of ice and snow • jt»- ""' "'' ^*""' ""^ '^"o^ not His place. But His presence and power we know. ^ ^ —T. D. McGee (1825-1868) XXXIV.— The Ant and the Glow-Worm. When night had spread its darkest shade, And even the stars no light conveyed A little Ant of humble gait Was plodding homeward somewhat late. Rejoiced was she to keep in sight A splendid Glow- Worm's useful light, \Vh.ch like a lantern clear, bestowed His help along her dangerous road. On as she went with footstep firm, She thus addressed the glittering Worm • : A blessmg, neighbor, on vour Lht , * 1 tnank you for it. So, good-night ! '' 1. The eU(, »5 n ao 25 ice, !5-1868 10 »5 •o Literary Selections. "What ! " said the vain but gifted thing : Do !/ou employ the light I bring ? If so, I'll keep it out of view ; I do not shine for such as you." It's light it proudly then withdrew. A traveler, as he journeyed by, Had seen with pleased and curious eye I he beauteous luster, now put out • ' But, left in darkness and in doubt, ' Unconsciously he stept aside. And crushed the Glow-Worm in his pride. God, in his wise and bounteous love, Has given us talents to improve ; And those who hide the precious store May do much harm, but suffer more. XXXV.— A Castle in the Air. I built myself a castle, So noble, grand, and fair ; I built myself a castle, A castle— in the air. The fancies of my twilight That fade in sober truth, The longing of my sorrow. And the vision of my youth ; The plans of joyful futures ; So dear they used to seem. The prayer that rose unbidden. Half prayer— and half a dream ; The hopes that died unuttered Within this heart of mine ; — For all these tender treasures My castle was the shrine I looked at all the castles That rise to grace the land, But I never saw another So stately or so grand 173 I 174 as 30 10 15 so Literary Selections. And now you see it shattered, My castle in the air ; It lies, a dreary ruin, All desolate and bare. I cannot build another, I saw that one decay ; And strength and heart and courage Died out the self-same day. Yet still, beside that ruin, With hopes as deep and fond, I waited with an infinite loneinc Only— 1 looked beyond. ' — AdeUtide A. XXXVL-The Daisv. The daisy is the meekest flower That grows in wood or field ; To wind and rain, and footsteps rude. Its slender stem will yield. And when they're passed away again. As cheerfully it springs, As if a playful butterfly Had bent it with his wings. The daisy is a hardy plant. And in the winter-time We find it by the sheltered nooks,> Unhurt by snow and rime. In Spring it dots the green with white, It blossoms all the year,' And so it is a fav'rite flower, To little children dear. Before the stars arc in the sky The daisy goes to rest. And folds its little shining leaves Upon its golden breast. as 30 Procter. 10 »S Mot iu this oouQtry. 20 25 30 1 Procter. Literary Selections. And so it sleeps in dewy night Until the morning breaks ; Then with the song of early birds, So joyously awakes. And children, when they go to bed, Should fold their hands in prayer. And place themselves, and all they love, In God's Almighty care. Then they may sleep secure and still, Through hours of darksome night, And with the pretty daisy wake In cheerful morning light «7S 10 IS ao XXXVII.— Nearer Home. One sweetly solemn thought ■ ^ Comes to me o'er and o'er ; I'm nearer my home to-day Than I ever have been before ; Nearer my Father's house, Where the many mansions be j Nearer the great white throne, Nearer the crystal sea ; Nearer the bound of life, Where we lay our burdens down ; Nearer leaving the cross. Nearer gaining the crowa But the waves of that silent sea Roll dark before my sight. That brightly the other side Break on a shore of light Oh ! if my mortal feet Have almost gained the brink, If it be I am nearer home !2ven to-day than I think, 176 lO 15 20 Literary Selections. Father, perfect my trust, That her feet are firmly set On the rock ofa living faith. —Phoebe Canj (1824-1871X XXXVIir.— The Desert. 25 30 thingTl,ap7ni\°;:.l^ tth'f'"^^ ^" -"^-^"' the palace of the BuSarfr m "^'? ''^''' '""^^ to see the Great King The wav w.^^"'''',''' ^''^ ^^^ *=«"«"' ' »™ that no harm comes to me » ' " '"''' f"*' «>« n.o7t'iin;™;?o„"':::.fe3:.^'^''''? *^ "•"-'«. range of frowning mountains at thfnL ''*'?^ ^°^ ^^^y was the gorgeouf palacroa^eGre^'S ^'^^ ^^ jhicj valley so beautiful that no f^^ ^h ^'tuated in a charms thereof '^ My dea?c&'' T^^ ^^^^"*^« ^^e man," be careful to£dTo a^tteZttL' \ ^''""^ come to the foot of the' '^'^^y "^e^ch the goal of your 35 4° 45 SO 55 6o 65 70 Literary Selections. ,7^ ■^n<^^cl7!::Z^^^ nothing should and so He depatS ^^7^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^ ^"^ hopes, he was fomso J?nH ^'"\^^o"^ ^he valley of hit streng h and bSv^ weary despite all his youthful narrol, s?ony wav In n?" t ^/ shuddered as he saw the the clouds ^f only hfr^l""'' "^ ""'" '^ '^^^'"^d lost in and sighed heavHv ' fu t tten' h" ""'''I '''\^' ^^°"«*^^' tiful 4ding walk^h/t"iVm S to%Tatunl't?/ b'""; the mounta n. It was v^rv i^ 1 ^ ^^^P^na the base of grant shade and cheeredhl l^ ^' f "bowered with fra- own road to thrpaS r I' '' '"'"'r^' ^"""^^ ^'^^^^ mortification, thought I shot, M^k^^'k '^' '"^'"^^' '" ^is traveled by this dStfu patl - A?^ -1° '°°"' '^ ^ thought, the ill-fated^ youth entered th/?^"'/,""^''^'- Alas ! poor Theophorufl How transDorted'hf "^"^ ""'l rapture in the earlv /f,,,,. „/k- "^'J^Po'ted he was with nied himUnofhL '^tC '"'"r^'''"*- "= ^e- not enjoy to the fullest extfn,""" "° ''S" *"■ ^<= «<» did not pluck A l7m b'mncu Waters, M.A. 178 lo IS 20 Literary Selections. XXXIX.— ChakACTKRISTICS of SPRINa When brighter suns and milder skies ' '■oclaim the opening year, AVhat various sounds of joy arise 1 >\ hat prospects bright appear ! Earth and her thousand voices give I heir thousand notes of praise : And all, that by His mercy live i o (;od their off'ring raise. ' Forth walks the laborer to his toil And sees the fresh array Of verdure clothe the flowery soil Along their careless way. The streams all beautiful and bright, Keflect the morning sky • ^"^u^^^'f.'V^^ "i"sic in his flight, The wild bird soars on high. Thus like the morning, calm and clenr, 1 hat saw the Savior rise, «IY^"^ """ "e^^en's eternal year bhall dawn on earth and skies. No winter there, no shades of night, 1 rofane those mansions blest, VVhere m the happy fields of light, 1 he weary are at rest. . — H'. II O, Peah,„hj (1799-1848). XL— Rejoice in May. When May is in his prime, , ^^TC .^^^ ^*^'h heart rejoice : ^'"k K-^^'^^^'^' ^^^h '^^an'^h with green Each bird strains forth his voice. The lively sap creeps up Into the blooming thorn : u„ , , ^nicii t;uiu in prison keot Now laugh the frost to scorn. ^ ' ra lO »5 ao Literary Selectloni. ^'1 "ature's imps triumph wu [^! j°^''"' ^^y do'h last : When May is gone, of all the year 1 ne pleasant time is past. May makes the cheerful hue May breeds and brings new blooa. May mar,:heth throughout every limb. May makes the merry mood. May pricketh tender hearts rheir warbling notes to tune, Full strange it is, yet some we see, Do make their May in June «79 799-1848). ic »5 30 XLI. — Summer. rnr. coming along with a bounding pace, T'„ ? 5"? '^^ ^^"""^ ^^^^ Spring begun • Th^^V^"" ^" ^"^ ^ brighterVI ' The flowers m the vale through which I've run. I have hung festoons from laburnum-trees ivfwaktne'd the': "'^S' ''A ''^^'^' ^ "^-^^ I ^ J . . ® ^°""<^ of humming bees And decked all nature in brighter Woori, ^'in^nT'l*-^ '*"?'^ °^*^^ P'^yf"' child, And tired it out in the sunny noon ; All xVature at niy approach hath smiled. And I ve made fond walkers seek the moon. ^°l!!S''Tn1 "'^ "^ "^y 8'°"0"« reign. All u ,f u "1^'^^" " ^ell in my leafy bower • All shall be bright in my rich domain?' I m queen of the leaf, the bud, and the flower. " An^d^ril reign in triumph till autumn time Th^nViT^^''''' "'^' ^'■^'^" ''*"d ver^lant pride; T^i t!' ^'^ .T ^° ^"o^her clime, ^ ' IMlm called again as a sunny bride. lO IS »•* Literary Selections. XIJI, — To ':hk Autumn. Sweet Sabbath of the year ! While evening lights decay, Thy parting steps methinks I hear Steal from the world away. 5 Amid thy silent bowers, "I'is sad, but sweet to dwell ; Where falling leaves and drooping flowers Around nie breathe farewell. Along thy sunset skies, ♦ Their glories melt in shade, And like the things we fondly prize Seem lovelier as they fade. ' A deep and crimson streak Thy dying leaves disclose ; As, on consumption's waning cheek 'Mid ruin blooms the rose. The scene each vision brings Of beauty in decay ; Of fair and early faded things 1 oo exquisite to stay. Of joys that come no more ; Of flowers whose bloom is fled ; Of farewells wept upon the shore ;' Of friends estranged or dead Of all that now may seem To memory's tearful eye. The vanished beauty of a dream. O'er which we gaze and sigh ! — James Montf/oiiirri/ (1771-1864). XLIII. — Autumnal Scenery. Do not talk of the decay of the year; the season is eood when the people are so. It is the h^ ti/S^r^ul^.^r. iur a painter; there is more variety of colors■7n■'the"leaves• the prospects begin to open through the thinner woods' 30 23 10 TO IS lO TO 20 25 Literary Selections. ,g, What ,voud you hive? Thf "" '"t""' ^*">lc^<«<=- no. for >o..^Z^-:I, n!,^;XT}of JSnl^r-'''' ~-r<>j>e (lG8b-1744). XLIV.— Woods in Winter. ^^'rHTi,"*^' u'"?' •'^'■^ P'^*-^'""*? chill, AVhh 1 ""^/^ '\' '^^'^"■''^°'" ^''»«-s i'»e gale. With solemn feet I tread the hill ^ ' That overthrows the lonely vale. O'er the bare upland, and away Thi J^u^ •^"S '^^^^ °f desert woods. AnT ."Ji"^ sunbeams chastely ph.y. And gladden these deep solitudes. Where, .twisted round the barren oak, The summer vine in beauty dun- And summer winds the stillness broke, 1 he crystal icicle is hung. When, from their frozen urns, mute sprin-'s Shwu"'! T '^^, "^"^'■^ <'^'-''»d"a> tide, " Shrilly the skater's iron rings And voices fill the woodland side. Alas ! how changed fronj the fair scene When birds sang out :iieir mellow lav. And winds were soft, and woods were green, And the song ceased not with the day. But still wild music is abroad, AnV^'^'^K^'^" ^^''ds, within your crowd : A ^■!,'*'f "1^ ^'"ds. in hoarse accord. Amid the local reeds pipe loud. Chill airs and wintry winds ! my ear _ Has grown familiar with your son^ ; i licar it in the opening year — I listen and it cheers me long. —LowjMhm (1 807-1882). to »S lO »«« Literiry Selections. ^LV— Prosperity and Adversity. -Hl';*^/''"'"r°^P?'P*'''*y " temperance; the virtue of adversity .s fortitude. Prosperity is the blessing of the Srrilth r/^;«?^T''yJ? '^' ^'"''"e of the New. which .; t^on nf r A'^f benediction and the cleared revela- 5 tion of God's favor. Yet even in the Old Testament if you listen to David's harp, you shall hear as many hearse .ke airs as carols ; and the pencil of the Holy Ghost hath abored more m describing the afflictions jf Job than the fehctics of Solomon. Prosperity is not without many "ears and distastes and adverslTy is not without 7Jonl and hopes. We .see m needleworks and embroideries i? IS more pleasing to have a lively work upon a sad and solemn ground, than, to have a dark and melancho y wo k upon a lightsome ground ; judge therefoie of the ple^ure il it tT- ^^ '^'. P'"^^"'"" °^ '^' «y^- CertainirvTrtu: IS l.ke precious odors, most fragrant where they are in censed or crushed : for prosperity doth best discover vice but adversity doth best discover virtue. — Lord Bacon (1561-162t;). Xr.VL— HvMN TO St. Patrick. O thou ! Apostle of our race. Look down from thy bright dwelling-place On us thy suppliant sons, and near The prayer we offer to thine ear. Enthroned upon th' eternal hills Where spring salvation's crystal rills. Dear Father ! from thy chalice grant That saving draught for which we pant! Standing hard by the awful throne, Where rules the mystic Three in One Beseech. O Father, for thy race ' The entail of God's precious grace I By the bright brotherhood of Saints, By weak humanity's complaints. By all our wants and all our bliss. Saint Patrick, hear nnr nrnvat- in *»-;" » — r. D. McOte. R virtue of ing of the few, which ed revela- itament, if ny hearse- ihost hath > than the nany tears comforts >icleries, it I sad and holy work ■ pleasure ily, virtue '.y are in- over vice, 61-162.;). Literary Seleciiont. XLVIL—The Turkey and the Ant. A Turkey tired of common food. Forsook the barn, and sought the wood ; Behind her ran an infant train, Collecting here and there a grain. ^ i.'Pu?'^."^^'"' "^y P'""^^" ' ^^^ "mother cries, 1 his hill delicious fare supplies; Behold the busy negro race, See millions blacken all the place ! ^' Kea; not ; like me with freedom eat ; 10 An Ant is most delightful meat ; How blessed, how envied, were our life. Could we but 'scape the poulterer's knife I But man, curs'd man, on Turkeys preys, And Christmas shortens all our days. IS Sometimes with oysters we combine, Sometimes assist the savory chine ; From the low peasant to the lo'-d. The Turkey smokes on every board Sure" men for gluttony are cursed, 30 Of the seven deadly sins the worst." An Ant, who climbed beyond his reach. Thus answered from the neighb'ring beech : "Ere you remark another's sin, Bid thy own conscience look within ; as Control thy more voracious bill, Nor for a breakfast nations kill." Moral, In other men we faults can spy, And blame the mote that dims their eye j Each little speck and blemish find, 30 To our own stronger errors blind. —Gioj (1688-1782). '83 McGt0. XI.VIII.— Our Nativk I,and. What land more beautiful than ours ? 'Ttir.t. uitjci luiiu mure DiCat r The South with all its wealth of flowers ? The prairies of tl>c West ? 184 to »S so 10 Literary Selections. O no ! there's not a fairer land Lcneath Heaven's azure dome— aT, p*""'! ^°^^' ^'*^"'y ^y »he hand Ana freedom finds a home. The slave who but her name hath heard. Repeats it day and night, ' And envies every little bird That takes its northward flight I ^M?.. ^^^ ^°^" S*^"" they turn Who brave a pathless sea ; bo the oppressed in secret yearn, Dear native land for thee 1 Sl»e binds us ivith the cords of love : All others we disown j The rights we owe to God above • We yield to Him alone. * May He our future course direct By His unerring hand ; Our laws and liberties protect, And bless our native land !* —Helm M. Juhtuon (1884-1868). XLIX— The Maple-Tree. Well hav*- Canadians chosen thee As the emblem of their land, Thou noble, spreading maple-tree, Lord of the forest grand • Through all the changes Time has made. Thy woods so deep and hoar Have given their homesteads pleasant shade, And beauty to their shore. Say, what can match in splendor rare Thy foIia>,'e, brightly green, Thy leaves that wave m summer's air. UJossy as satin sheen, and card, '5 to as 3o (1834-1868). 35 40 ide, «85 T iterary Selectior •. When spring ruurns the first au thou On mountain or in vale, With springing li(. tnd budding b< ui L. — Heaven. This world is all a fleeting show. For inan's illusion given : The smilfs nf \r. Deceitful shine, deceitful flow , There's nothini^' true but Heaven ! 1 86 lO Literary Selections. And false the light on glory's plume, As fading hues of even • And love, and hope, and beauty's bloom Are blossoms gathered from the tomb There s nothing bright but Heaven ! Pwr wanderers of a stormy day, trom wave to wave we're driven • .w51?:L«?&A"^ reason's ray,' ^5 J , -' ••"■'■•i «"u icasons rav. Served but to light the troubled way • There s nothing calm but Heaven ! —T. Moore. Supplementary Exercises Under the Grammatical Text of a Few Lessons. •niese exorcises are given to make up for the exercises that have beeu orowd^ out from the regular lessons, owing to tlie length of the grammatical text. Besides, most of these exercises are of such a nature that It is advan- U«|»on8 to have them separated from the text. (See Introduction to Teaoher'g Baltion, p. XV., N. B.) UNDER LESSON XXII. Change the italicized nouns to the feminine —The oM man's gomg to church.-.Did you see the las, running through the meadow ? fnrTi^ni"" TH T\T'''-^ '"*''« pond.-The%«f- Supplementary Exercises. UNDER LESSON LXVII. 289 UNDER LESSON LXVIH. the hill. The BalesUn ;o/4^L*''l° htdfcTh?^^ leBsonB.-! roeie.-The farmer so.ed the Brdt^ThaTchiCteTweiT UNDER LESSON LXXL UNDER LESSON LXXIIL Where the dash occurs insert a suitable verb. Beavers. may oe can lea to the spot where it j» requ red to h« im^/7 tj.^,.!. the water a certain height by dams whirV, f w 1 ^;!, ,P«y*««i' branches, mixed with stones and mud Thov ?X w^.°* i'^' *°^ the same materials. Each house co«;,« J o7ttIl^'"*®^l°"'«^ °' story^«abovewateranddr?.and"4?r^^^^^ the water and contains their stores of bark aAd rootr tS^S opening to the hut u beneath the surface of the wateT The color i^ the beaver is reddish-brown, and the fur is soft nnTfiU^ xne color of UNDER LESSON LXXIV. Underline the perfect participles.-A hundred men hav*, h^r, woman ha7«..„,Th^^^^^ boy^has u.,t all n.ght since his mother's death.-Sry htt^lTJ: 190 Supplementary Exercises. UNDER LESSON LXXIX. Copy and punctuate the following:- Ta^«^^' ^^''t «°"« '° *he picnic, •lames, come here. Where are you going, William? J^h^e^ clock ,s striking n^idnight ; how suggestive and solemn is the On The oTJr 'Jf ""y ::««««' ploughs the main f If I canior •n^'^,"^' *^^''« '« »••«»* «ianger in delay reg^t K* Selt.'"* '"^ «^*"' '"^ '^^^'^ ^^7^ I "hould almost ^ The' SS?or"aten5^ Se'^sSrL'l i°,:!i;*'^°"^^'.* -"^^ »- '-gotten. Gentlemen, etc." **^^ *°^ ^P^''® »« follows: " Ladies and the passing moments ? ^ ' "^^'y- *^«°' «io yoa not improve ?"*• I^ynch is a learned mton. H« wStIL"'?!.'^*^ secretary of the meeting SduX and'TrtTe^dTenS "^"r*^'' -Wednesday. -Win the -a=-S^-- ^^^^^^^^ StS^e'S- ^*'^ y^'^ ^^^'^ -''«<^ on^the sparkling waters of the Mr, Joseph Kelly, Toronto. 24 Blank St., London, Ont., May 24, 1884. My dear Joseph, this morning, aftlr^a long iSd^^ted^iT i^^ °' "rJf.^''^ »"ival here usually heavy, and the 3?wtt 'eieSl^of th'/V ^h^t'-^in was «n- tiresome. We were two hours liSf.l*^® ^***'°^.« ^*« long and City I amsofatigued.I tWnkltm a^r*'? '•^^"h'ng the Forest much as I proposed " scarcely emoy the holiday as Jjen. ., wh« I ^. „r^; ?.™'|^ o,,J^^ S,lJX7i -r- Give my regards io all my frienria ur.A \^v •Mi my mends, and believe me, my dear Joseph, Your loving Brother, ' Thomam Kellt. olemn is the ould almost •e forgotten Ladies and Outlines of Compositions. ot improve » of spring; t the earth iers of the at., r 24, 1884. Duties TOWARDS Parents. I. Obrdikncr Due to Parents. ' 1. Commanded bjfthe fourth commandment of Ood. . . . 1. Daily support and . Obhgations arising from what . • ■ parents do for their children : ' 3. The duties of good children clothing. 2. In sickness.. 3. Education . . Obedience.. . Love.... l^i towards their parents : 1 3. Honor. (4. Assistance. . . , 4. The pleasure children should give their parents. . . . 5. What God promises even in this life to dutiful children.. .. rival here was un- long and e Forest sliday as i around y amuse- 'isit very • Joseph, \ELLY. Our Sohooii. IL Our Schooii. fl. What a school is. [Street. 2. Where situated: ■ ^*^^; Parish. (city, etc. 3. Materials of which it is built. . Number of stories. . Number of classes Desks.... Seats.... Maps. i. Furniture: • Globes. Blackboards. \Pictures (.6. The Teach jrs The pupils '92 Outlines of Compositions. III. • Letter to Pahents. FORM. (^.. ^' \-l- j'^'rr.mej ^'n^^a-n^c^.^ • Paragraphs. ^y^ ^^^d ^< ^,.,,/,,/ Outlines of Compositions. THC ENVELOPE. 193 ^/^ ^/a,il »y ^ ever with hira, and that religion may ever cheer him on Tell him you hope that he may die in peace"and that angels may welcome him into Heiven Complimentary closing. ... aeaven .... A Picnic. lavened?.. J XI. A Picnic. /I. In aid of what institution the picnic was held Or o ^^''s It a mere pleasure party? ""^eia.. ur 5. The'glmer.!''''^-' ^"^''^'^'otihe ple.ce.... 4. The prizes.... 5- Lunch.. .. 6. The return home, .... 3.... He to give us Thb SoHooi, Day. XII. Thb Sohooii Day. (I ^* ^^** ^°^^ ^«^°ol coi/ menoes. . . . 6. Closing prayer .... Dismissal .'.". . 196 Outlines of Compo«itions. HOHB FtEA8URE8. XIII. HOMB FutABCnBS. rl. Intercourse with our dearest fnends : Father. . . . Mother.... Bistera.... Brothers.... 2. The fireside evening stories..., games.... reading.... 3. Study of home lessons. ... 4. Fan|ily prayer 6. The great joy when an absent member ol the family > returns home.... Ibast. O.U?ADA. Death or Ghahplain. /I 2. 3. •i4. 5. 6. XIV. Ikon. What is iron ? What tradesmen work in iron ? What is donp with wrought iron ? Is iron more precious than gold or silver? Is it more usefi^ ? Why ie iroa so common ? XV. Canada. Where situated .... Extent .... When discovered and by whom .... Under the dominion of France till 1763. when it waa ceded to the English by the Treaty of Paris. . . . How mauy provinces in Canada now. . . . By whom it is governed. . . . Religion in Canada Education .... v7. Prosperity. n. 2. 3. 4. 5. XVI. Death op Gbamplain. A reference to his life Every life, however adventurous, must end.... When his death occurred. . . . Burial. . . . Mourning His character. . . . XVII. The Disobedient Child. (1. Who is the disobedient child ? . . . . rk I ?■ SJ^y ^^ ^^^ disobedient child unhappy?. . . . ^-isoPEr-iEHT : 3. What is his conduct towards his Farents, his Teach- ers?..., U- What will the future of the disobedient child be?. . . Child. T T C Pa Outlines of Compositions. 197 ather,. .. amea. . ., be family fl. The Horbx. - XVIII. The HonHE. What is a horse?.... Noble looking, rlooile. Compare him with the ass, the mule, (ho ox. . On what does he feed ? At what is he employed ?. . . . Is his flesh used for food? [s it more Thb Senses. XIX. The Senses. 1. How can we know the objects that surround us ? i. How many senses have we, and what are their organs ? 3. Have the lower animals the same senses? \i. In -what is man superior in this respect to animals ? en It was ris.... Thb Senses (Continued). Is. XX. The Senses (Continued). Who gave us these five senses? Why were they given us? What would be our privations if we wete deprived of sight, of hearing, etc. ? We should thank God for having given us these senses, and never use them to offehd Him. The Thbee Conditions or Bodies. XXI. The Three Conditions of Bodies. Name a hard body (substance).— A liquid body— i body that \; not seen but is felt, . Tne names given to these different bodies. . Some bodies are sometimes in one of those states and sometimes in another. s Teach- dbe?. .. Potatoes, xxir. Potatoes. '1. What are potatoes? seeds, tlieii- roots. . . . 2. The nourishment tliey contain. 3. What is extracted from potatoes ? ,4. Where were potatoes flrst raised ? Describe their flowers, their MB 1 98 Outlines of Compositions. TJvRrvh XXIII tlBKrui, Animaui. 1. The names of useful animals. . . . 2. Relate what services the ox, the cow, the horse, the hog, the aheep, the bee, etc., render to man. Ssiig. A DictiK The substance of which XXIV. Thk Chaib and othkr Seats. '1. What ib u, chair ? 2. The maker of chairs., it is made. . . . 8. The articles of furniture that answer the same our. pose.... ^"' XXV. A Dkbk. /I. What is a desk ? ^ ^y;j'^'^°'"''***^«''---- , Does he make other fumi- 3. The substance of v/hich it is made. ,4. Necessity of desks in schools. ... Bbeb. XXVI. Bees. '1. Where do bees live ?... . 2. Their occupation 3. What they draw from flowers. . , . 3. Their means of defence against their enemies. \o. Ibe lessons they teach us. . . . HnRTFUt Animalm. /I. 2 3 XXVII. Hurtful Animals. What are hurtful animals?. ..." Where they live.. .. Relate in what way the following animals are hurt- ful : the wolf, the fox, t>he skunk, the serpent, the tli/nr t.h« linn *U^ I ^»_J ii- 4. ' . ^"--^ — • <••"• tTTT/fKiu, tut; crocoaue, the rat, the mouse, the grub, the may-bug. the grasshopper, the caterpillar, the house-fly. Dooa. Outlines of Compositions. 199 XXVIII. Thb Doo. 1. What 18 a dog ? Are there many ?. . . . 2. Different size, different hair, different barking. . .. 8. Whore he«hve8..., » ••< 4. The services he renders. ... Tbe Chcrch. XXIX. Thb Choror. 1. What is the Church?.... 2. What is seen outside the Church and inside. .' r^?® F'ncipal objects seen in a Church. ... 4. The Parish Priest 5. Why people go to Church. . . . ,6. How people should act in Church. . .. Morning AND NiOHT Pbater. XXX. MORNTKI AND NiOHT PrAYKR. fl.What you should do on rising from sleep. . . . i I wkT ' ""u* ??!?'''« I'^yef should be said. . . . 13. What w; ahoald thajik aod for at night prayer. . . . SUBJECTS FOR LETTERS. yolrlIs1V7ci??o"*° "''■""'' ^"'"^ "^ '^^'^"-' «'^- y-- BPent Cnurron5hr£,al'' your cousin, describing the ceremonies in the 3. Write a letter to your parents, giving them an acrminf nf a^„ excursion you had under the*^direction of your teachers whhvour companions to the country. ' Kettcuers, wun your .r.^' l^"/u * '®"®'* to yo!rr parents, announcing that you send them a S^en^JnJlSr ""'' '" ''' *'"" ^" *'" ''''''''' ^«« ^r^'^:^^.^ . J-.. Yl™:^^l*!'. *° ^^^f.".'^• g'^»»g »n account of one of the auar. "■<•■■' w T""'^''""^.""'^ H'" """' »u<5C«^«»rui you httve been. " ' 0. Write a New- Year's letter to your parents 7. Write a letter to your Mother for her birthday. " 200 Subjects for Compositions. 9 Write a 11**'' »j»nouncing the death of » dear friend is at Si wUhTo? " ''^*'*'' — ««-g the illness of his son. who write a letter to your mother, asking her for some favor. 1. Honey. 2. Tea. 3. Vinegar. 4. Baisins. 5. Pears. 6. Apples. 7. Peaches. • 8. Milk. 9. Butter. 10. Cheese. 11. Wheat. 12. Oats. 13. Horses. 14. Cowe. 16. Asses. 16. Cats. 17. Ink. 18. Pencils. 19. Peps. 20. Chalk. Miscellaneous Subjects. 21. Paper. 22. Coal. 23. Wood. 24. Bats. 26. Dolls. 26. Tops. 27. Lacrosse. 28. Marbles. 29. Kites. 30. A Story. 31. Snow. 32. Ice. 33. Bain. 34. Eggs. 36. Watermelons. 36. Soap. 37. Shoes. 38. Hats. 89. Monkeys. 40. Boses. 41. A Biver. 42. Skating. 43. Bice Pudding. •44. Mince Pie. 45. Birds' Nests. 46. A Flower-Garden. 47. An Evening- Party. 48. Spring. 49. Summer. 60. Autumn. 61. Winter. The Month of May. Vacation. Castles in the Air. The Man in the Moon. Puss in the Corner My Opposite Neighbor. A Dialogue. A Boy's Speech. When I will be a Man. 62 53 64 66, 66. 57. 68. 69. 60. le ti< IS gn me Bra — i dre a Pro tide squ; com in ] me toob B< goini flute mem chin] man; fromi Do prodi Review Dictations. ««»., b, „ie„H„g „„,„ wort, or "menoL "" ''" "^''" *«► Lessons I. — V. grammar.a dictionaV.aoaSsm "^arfth^^^^^^^^ have a geography. » medicme.-The bookseller sells N^nlf« ^"^jj^metio -The druggist sells smith.-The careful pupU Ks hL ."Li^"'''^ "? ""^ ^^ » Wack- -Areyou able to ruU^mSr^^lf 10^*^? f/' *°1 ^u'^f ' *°8ether. drank too much strong ale. ' ^ ' '' ™"^' '^ becaase yoa Lessons VI. — X. pftc'e^TuetK^^^^^^^^ 7^-P Places.-The 2;i'=r-?hth?„rdTetrS^^^^^ commonly called ^mcksnleV-S f7^st^^^^^^ is m honor of the adoration by the S TfLPiP*'^"^ ^« "^^^^^ated me you ought to tell me -Samm^ hf«o / ^u *" ^^''^ *"g'»* against took his ball. "^"'"'^^ ^gan to bawl when the teacher Lessons XL — XV. Respect your grandfather and grandinnth«.. going to school.-Balls and era" ers are mS»!f*T*^^'"®'^^^ ^^""'V a™ flutes clarionets, guitars, vToS rorcS.fpf"**''''*"*'^^''--^^*"^^. ments.-Did you visit the cliirSs th« vn "' "'^ ,'"""'<'*1 instru^ ohimneys.-Forgive your eui ies - L^^k aMf' "*'*^^'' ' -C'«»" t^e many large bays in Canada.-Bury t^at ir vT'J f'^'^''^'^ '''"« from it.-Beer is a fermented liquor ^ ^""^ * '"^^^ ^"^ grow -AA. pirrj-^-g^isTte^^^^^^^^ 202 Review Dictations. the loaves. — Job manifested patience. — St. Bridget is the patroness of Ireland. — Peed the geese. — A bridle and reins are used to drive a horse. —Give me the matches. — She respected her step-father. — The Torontos will beat the Eingstonians at the game of shinty. — Catharine sewed on the braid. Lessons XX.— XXV. Send to the dressmaker's. — Be submissive to the civil authorities.— The heifer is grazing in the meadow. — He has gone to see his aunt. — She was heiress to her father's estate. — The heroine is worthy of honor. — The Earl of Dufferin was one of the most popular governors of Canada. — The czarina has gone to Moscow. — Did you canvass the city at the last elections ?— Sealing-wax was formerly used for sealing letters. Lessons XXVL— XXX Eternal happiness is the Reward of a holy life.— The jockey has an excellent Kentucky horse, a Mexican mule, and a lazy ass. — Where are the lady's gloves.— Frederick's dog caught a rabbit in the woods. —The sweep has reached the chimney's top.— A suit of new clothes gives pleasure to a boy.— Flies' wings are very thin and light. — Two decrs' heads were brought in.— The council is assembled.— The dyer was alarmed at the dire confusion, — They were messmates for life. Lessons XX^T.—XXXV. The old peddler sat upon a stone by the wayside. — A mist arose from the valley, and formed a cloud, which hung over the top of the mountain.— Give the youth an umbrella. — The traveler felt the genial warmth of the sun. — Every man must have some good qualities. — Vicious habits are a great stain on human nature. — An American eagle appeared near the city last night.— Piety appeared to have taken pleasure to form for herself a worthy temple in young Louis.-^Go forth and teach all nations. Lessons XXXVL— -XU The miser never thinks he has enough, but is always striving for more.^-This is the twenty-first of October. — History is a very inter- esting study.— The Irish-Canadiaa race preserves a deep love for the Emerald Isle.— A birch log was found on the bank.— This is the sad- dest news J ever heard.— Winter is colder than autumn.— Denis is of a happier disposition than Edward.— Elizabeth was at the party.— What is a Turkey-carpet?— I'll walk down the aisle of the church — The vest was made to order.— Lye is made frcn the ashes of wood.— The guide led me to the lead mines, Mv Review Dictations. Lessons XLVL— L. 203 We should have compassion on the poor who beg onr assistance.— Do you believe that wealth is essential to happiness ?— The daisy's flower again shall paint your summer bower.— Do you recollect ?— There is more pleasure to give than to receive.- Health is not eaten up with care, nor pleasure interrupted by envy (Lesson XL VIII., Sec. III., Moderation).- The lightning glanced from the clouds and struck the oak.— His wisdom cost him bitter experience.— The rivulet flows with a noiseless current.— Long icicles glistened in the sunlight. —How loudly the thunder peals !— May bright angels' smiles salute thee !— Always be an advocate of peace. Lessons LI. — LV. My dear children, it is with kindness I speak to you.— He will make himself capable of rendering services to society.— We learned to have none of that repugnance which, in later years, renders man weak at the sight of sickness, useless to those who suffer, and timid at the sight of death.— Were you at the picnic last Thursday ?— Rose knitted a pair of socks for her father last fall.— Wicked men do not possess peace of conscience.— Felix had recited his lessons by the time Patrick arrived.— Bridget and Emma went to the party.— The dove ne'er stoops to earth her wing.— He attempted to wrest the revolver from the watchman.— Whither dost thou roam ?— The jockey rode along the road while the boatman rowed on the lake. Lessons LVL— LX. The lamb bleats.— The magpie, the starling, and the parrot may be taught to speak.— A trumpet, a clarion, and a flageolet might have been heard.— The incendiary, the robbeir, and the assassin must have trembled. — Remorse overtakes the wicked. — Science ornaments the mind.— The lesson was recited by Julia.— He will have overtaken the party by ten o|clock.r-He that hateth his enemy diaobeyeth the law of God.— He is reported to have played too long during recess.— Autumn, in turn, reigns as queen, with her mellow hues, her many- tinted fruits, her purple twilights, her changing woods.- Have you seen this grand scene ? Lessons LXI.— LXV. The king abode in a cottage till the war was over. — The drunkard, after emptying the decanter, broke it.— The fisherman cast his net.— Mv cousin came to the fair. — Thou buvssfc nlf!t,!>. fvfim t.hs rirarscr Catch the thief. — Pharaoh dreamt a dream which Joseph interpreted. —Wolves are voracious, cruel, wicked, gluttonous.- The saint knelt be- fore) the altar a whole hour,- Have you forgotten your promise ?— The 204 Review Dictations. m/^io o 1, }^^^" 'J?^ *^® deteotive.-The inspector has given the ^At^f^^L'Z^^^'"''^''^'' ^""""l **»« •* °» the grindBtone.-! fwl J^\^*^^*i^Ti'®?T'"*"^-^*^«»h°«™a'^«r sold the Bhoes which he had juBt soled with American leather.-The sun is settine —Come unto me, my dear son. ° «« .» oevung. Lessons LXVL— LXX. The locksmith adjusts, forges, bores, cuts, files.— The robber de ceivea, surprises, hides, ransacks, plunders.-The policeman watches' arrests, handcuffs, imprisons.-The farmers have mown the meadows! -They have been sent by the courier.-The old man's niece saw him last week.— My nephew has seen his aunts to-day.-The grocer will be selling sugar, tea, cinnamon, cream of tartar, cloves, sago, soda, oat- meal, ginger, to-morrow.-The pupils spelt every word given them yesterday morning.-The cat has a noiseless tread. -I wish I were the httle flower so near the Host's sweet face.—The old man told us an interesting tale. ! Lessons LXXI.— LXXV. A fine oak is one of the most picturesque of trees.— The courier had taken his departure when the omnibus arrived.— The moose is the largest of the deer kind.— It travels with an awkward gait.— The oari bou 18 found in Canada.— Will not the weaver soon finish ?— The beaver is an emblem of industry.— Surrounded with difficulties and disappointments. La Salle» never lost courage.— Bayonets are so called from haying been invented at Bayonne.-The rapids are near and the daylight's past.-Blow, breezes, blow, the stream runs fast -I am so weak, I cannot go this week.— The yolk of an egg is surrounded with albumen.— Weigh the butter. ^^ surroanaea wxta Lessons LXXVL— LXXX. The mocking-bird has flown away.-He will certainly secure the reward.— Under his guidance they were released from bondage.-John differs from him in appearance— Pshaw I you're not goin-- home to night—Farewell I I'm off to Manitoba.-Sarah or JanlTto hem the curtain -Superfine flour often makes bad pastry, because cooks often do not know how to bake it^-Moses having fulfilled his mission, died ''f?'"«.*h« Hebrews entered the Promised Land. -Samuel de Cham- plain died at Quebec on Ghnstmas-Day, 1635.-This kind of ware does not wear weU.— Nellie tied a ribbon round her waist.- Never waste I, The explorer, Miscellaneous Dictations. pp.l'xi.^TxT''^ '" ^""'''"''' ■^"'«"*««'':'»'' Section IL, paragraph 10, I. Thb end op Devotion to the Sacred Heabt op Jb8ds. The end aimed at by the Church in establishing the devotion to the Sacred Heart is to promote God's glory, to destroy the leiin of a£ and to inflame the hearts of man with divine charlfy TKevoSon IS also intended to make reparation to our Lord fo^the cild ueS 5 U P""«.^P''^ »'°^ »«' to cause His love to be loved. The raSn Tovf Tw""* "P°" ?f '4^' ^"^^ *° «°'^"^'« tl^^'^ein the fire of diWne LTlhJt^?SPleT?(?t^'£^^^^^^^^^ -^'^' -^ -^^* will I -mgU Bev. John Walsh, D.D., Bishop of London, Canada (1830-). II. Little Things. »i!'„P^*Sv''"" l^™ 7®''y ™"ch taken up with the bricklayers • prav Si'gita*u^o\^:nS:f.'-^^^**^-^ m?nSfn. °°* *^'"^' ' "^^^ ^^ '*^P '''" "^'''y y°" °^«f the high III. Rivers of Canada. fro^%^u "^^""^^ '°*° *^^ ^*.y °' Quinte.-The Ottawa takes its rise Tn?f f^^i%^^'°"''*°V^^:"rThe St. Maurice, at its mouth, is dividS iwnwTnfTif"''^ *^** l* ^"^^^ ^'^^ ^^'^^ "^«"'. hence the nameS the town of Three Rivers at its confluence with the St. Lawrpn™ _ iucDaguisnaynows luto the St. Lawrenca.-The St Charles" Rrvfir 7.T?lf w-^™'^ ^y Jacques Cartier.- The Saskatchewai^^emS Oc«an Winnipeg. -The Mackenzie flows north into the SSo io6 Miscellaneous Dictations. IV. A Stouy of k Boa. for^a^wa'JeT " m J' N°^f '"^'? ^^! ^"^^"^ *« «^»™ ^>«^ another man tSesLT* '""^^°" °* thespectators^Va'SliSiy'Sh'Tairto virt suci avo; V. The Ditkk and the Galley-Slaves. ^*??® ^n"^ °f ^P*"' °"^® save permisaion to a Duke to release nnoh of tho galley-slaves as he might think proper The Dnk^ «« tt loi^!^ VI. The Ddke and the Galley-Slaves (Continued). f-n^'*!* •^°^®T''J.®^/'"^ *°°"^ ^ho admitted that.to save his familv Th^r>S"^'- b\^a and slowly tb.. poverty >^n„^Zs'Lnt'iS^C^Z^^jS\^ hisfamily highway. k with his of honest he others, ir oars, a candid • light the are some- , and the om these Uished as dishes to », valleys, le period, are is one X. Industoy (Continued). " Industry need not wish ; audhe that lives upon hone will h« f««f,'«« There are no gains without pains; then heln hS fll t 1 °^- lands ; or if I have they are heavilv taxed TT« tw 1 Vi, ° / ^^''^ °° mg-man'a house hunuer looks in W ^I! 4. ' . ' ?* the work- —Franklin (1706-1790). XI. The Pet Liov. big lion. course of time, Leo grew to be a l,o?^f„^I.^:- ^.'-^PPf ^.^" '^.^'^-P on tlie sofa, leaving one of l.i« arn,- affec^V^nbegrntolc^hl^astj'rhar' BuTl"*^' T' *° «''^"""^'^«" tongues, and soon Leo ha? ruKd the sk^, J "%^f ^ ^^1!^ '""«'* ooze out. This was eagerly lie Jel'up* b'y SE^'anfmaT' ''"^ "^^'^ *° ao8 Miscellaneous Dictations. XII. Thr Pet Lion (Continued). The pain awoke Mr. Trappe. He attempted to draw his hand nn to see what was the matter with it, but the lion growled and SoiJd not let It go. Ke tned again, but Leo growled harder than before Mr Trappo saw that the taste of blood had changed his pet into a wild beast So, to save his own lifp, he slipped his other hSd undeJ Af^P'l'r* ^■^'V* '"« P^"*°'> *n^ «hot po^r Leo through the brain After this, Mr. Trappe never made a pet out of a lion. XIII. PiiUR-u, OF Nouns. Gome thieves have carried off the sheaves of wheat ori two well grown calyes.-One mouse will do less mischief than five mice -Bova cut those loaves on the shelves into halves, with the kuTvos I shZ' enedfor you.-Oxen have (jeeth.-Geese have bills—The bin fa K feet square and one foot hiph.-Mothers-in-law are different from ffi'two m-'-TS?'"'" °"'" ^"^«^ '^«™ headaches and toothaches - The two Miss O'Connors sent five basketfuls of oranges to 1^ distri buted among the men-servants and the maid-servants XIV. Uses of the Atmosphbbb -Ware there no atmosphere, the evening sun would in a moment set and without warning plunge the earth into darkness. B Jt S air keeps in her hand a sheaf of his rays, and lets them shp slov?lv through her fingers ; so that the shadows of evening gather WdeSSs fni^Y flowers have time to bow their heads, and f ach creatore !pS to find a place of rest, and ..lestle to repose. In the morning the ga??s1b sun would at once burst from the bosom of night, and bla?e abole the horizon; but the an- watches for his coming,%nd sends at firet onl bttle ray to announce his approach, and then another, and by and by *„fu fif^r Vt^^f° ^!?"J ^""""^ *«^<^« *^« ''"'•t^i'i ot night, and 9?owl? iets the light fall on the face of the sleeping earth, till hir eyelSs omi. and. like man, she " goeth forth again to her labor till the eve^?! XV. Clocks Clocks jjroper-that is, clocks moved by wheels and weights-seem J^.v^T '"^fi T^''^^- "■^''^ *^« eleventh or twelfth century, anTS have bficn first used in monasteries. It was not till the flfffi«n+*h century that the custom of erpofma nlnnir=^"Li:., •„_„.'- '• the streets of towns became common." WatehlsiYnwSthrSnS power IS a spring instead of weights, are a much later inventioTthSn Miscellaneous Dictations. 209 nl?"^!.' *** w *''® *'■"*'.?? °' *^®™ •« tlie fifteenth century ; but thev did not come into use till about the period of the bo-oS ReUma^inn dSa S wSe« Zr" ' '^^ *^" ^°^°'°«« '°*'^«"' ^ho made S S of Europe ' ' "" '""P""^*"' corporation in all the great XVI. Pbeherving Health. thft't t^lfvjf '"^ knowledge we destroy our health, we labor for a thine —Locke (1632-1704). XVII. PliUKAI, OF N0UN8. ac^'"" Thel^?„f„ l?''^'^''' ^T 'l«?*'-oy« I n r11 1?« moat lowly works of daily life.-workin,,. sweepTi g. Taw „., • l^ttl wit?l^y^rp;l7nl*.° "^ ''' ^°" °^ ^ '^'^^'^'^ ' ^"^ ^'^^^ H^=^^r^S:;-^raL?ii;r^s„^^^ 'ii: Kl'^i" ^'■'^T*" m'^^*^' '^"'^ ''°^'"''««' t« teach us that as we fir?w Hi«^lff« Mf ""^ '*'°''''^ ^'■- * •" ^^'^ Srace of Ood. Keep tl o exampfe o^ fulness ^°"' ^"'^ '"'""''"" "^'"'^y '" ^''•*"«' ob^lience, ani use — i/o«f Ilev. U. O'Jirien, D.D., XXXII. ThK PiLOIlIM AT NiAdAIlA FaM.S. Let US accompany the Christian soul in his pilgrimage to the Falls of Niagara. 0„ beholding them at first sight he is oSwed bv the r surpassing grandeur, stunned by their sound as ?f by the roar if thunder ; but recovering himself, he raises his heart to that great and omnipotent Being by whose all-powerful fiat these inighty^w^^^^^^^^ were created ; and presently sinking down into the dep? of hfs own nothingness, he stands, absorbed and entranced as i were at fTi greatness of the Most High ; and, crying out with Holy DaWd!he says O Lord, our Lord, how admirable is Thy name over all the earth p! To converse with man is now irksome to him. His whole soulls filled weSh?':f/f JT' ™'r^ ^"« ^^'""-^ '^"'"^ d°^^». «« to speak wHhtS ■Tnou shouldst visit hini ?••" ' " ' '" ' "" '"'^ '"" °' ™*"' ti'**- —Mont Rev. John .lo-ieph Lynch, D.I). (1810—), BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES. These Biographical Sketchea are given for the convenienoe of those Teachers who may not find it possible to refer to larger works. The refer- ences given at the end of each sketch will be serviceable to those who wish to consult a more extended notice. BACON, LORD FRANCIS, (1516-1626) was born in London, . He ia styled by many the parent of experimental philosophy. De Maistre, Rohrbacher, Canfea, and other Catholic authorities say his works swarm with errors; thut {he method of induct on, falsely called Baconian, far from being new, was pointed out by Aristotle, and applied extensively by Roger Bacon, Copernicus, Galileo, and many other modern philosophers before Francis Bacon ; and finally, that his real merit lies only in his poetical beauties with which he has illustrated the driest subjects. " We think," says Father Jenkins, " that Bacon has been too much praised and too much blamed. He had the actual merit of urging the practice of the inductive method in physical science. True it is that the method was well known before Bacon ; but, in point of fact, it is too often neglected. The great fault with Bacon is to imply everywhere as a principle that man knows nothing except through experience and observation. The principle was afterwards fol" rwed up to its last consequences, and eventually led its defenders to materialism and atheism. As to Bacon himself, fond as he wfts of experiments, he made and mul- tiplied them to little profit, and left no important contribution to any branch of physical science." He died of a fever contracted from making an experiment. See Jenkins's " Handbook of Literature ;" Brother Azarias's " Philosophy ot Literature;" Appleton's " American CyclopsBdla ;" Cbambers'a "Bnoyclo- piedla;" Lord Macaulay's "Essays," etc., etc. BALM ES, REV. JAMES L., (1810- 1848) an eminent Spanish Priest. He was a profound theologian and philosopher. His prin- cipal works are a " Fundamental Philosophy," "Protestantism com- pared with Catholicism in its Relation to European Civilization," the " Artof Thinking" (Criterion), and a " Treatise on Logic." His " Art of Thinking" and his "European Civilization" should be in the hands of every Teacher. He was born at Vich, in Catalonia, Spain. See "Life of Hahnes," by Rev.Wui. M'Donald, D.D., in his translation of " The Art of Thinking;" Appmton's "American Cyolouffidia;" Lippiucott's "Biographical Dictionary;" etc., eto. Biographical Sketches. 215 GARY, PHCEBE, (1824-1871) and her sister Alice (1820.1871), were born on a farm eight miles north of Cincinnati. They had no advantages of education except what the district school afforded In 1851 they moved to New York, They there made a modest but comfortable hvmg by literary pursuits. They have left a volume of poems, full of interest to lovers of the natural apd unaffected. See Lipplncotfs" Biographical Dictionary;" Griswald's " Female Poets of America; Cleveland s ;• Compendium of Auierioan Literature :" Hart's " Manual of American Literature." "kuiw, xntroB .u ^^^I^^^5' tENRY, (1566- ?) "is supposed to have been the Henry Conscable who, for his aeal in the Catholic cau8e«wa8 long obliged to live in a state of banishment, and, having privately returned to London, was imprisoned in the Tower." See ^Jenkins's " Handbook of Literature ;" "The Household Library of Catho- COWPER, WILLIAM, (1731-1800) was born in Hertfordshire, England, of an aristocratic family. A modern writer on English Literature denominates him " the poet of ordinary life and domestic emotions." Another writer says: " No English poet, except Shake- speare, is more frequently quoted." The greater part of his life was clouded with insanity, brought on by a morbid timidity and fostered by religions melancholy. SeeChanibers.'s "EncyclopiEdia;" ^pplotou'g "American Cyclopwdia:" Lio- pmcott 8 "Biographical Dictionary ;" Jeukinss "Handbook of Litera- ture ;" Hart's " Manual of English Literature," etc., etc, DRY DEN, JOHN, (1631-1700) was born in Northamptonshire, in 1631. One of the greatest masters of English verse, whose masculine satire has never been excelled, Drydien was styled by Dr. Johnson the " father of English critics." He was brought up a member of the Church of England, but he be- came a convert to the Catholic Church. " If there is a doubt," says Jenkins, " whether he can rank with the first class of poets, there can be no doubt of his pre-eminence aa a prose writer." In disposition and moral character, Dryden is represented aa moat amiable. He died in the profession of the Catholic faith, with aubmiasion and resignation to the divine will. His body was interred in Weatminater Abbey, next to the tomb of Chaucev. See Jenkins's " Handbook on Literature" (which does blm justice); Lipnin- cott'B' Biographical Dictionary;" Chambers's "Encyclop»dia:" Apple- ton's " American Cyclopaedia," etc., etc. ayym ESOPoR^SOP, is said to have been born 619 B.C., and to have die«*"»« "American Cyclopedia '"Chamb^rSScyclo' (177;>-1852) was born in Dublin. See MOORE, THOMAS, Page 134. See Jenkins's -Handbook of Literature ;" Appleton's " American Cvclonirdi. ■"■ rtt^t^"' "K„cyclop«dia;' Hart's ' 'Wand book orEngUshSSu^ O'BRIEN. MOST REV. CORNELIUS, D.D., Arch . He escaped in 1869, and made his way to Boston journal in America. Mr. O'Reilly is a poet us well as journalist His Hongs of the Southern Seas" appeared in ltf74. See " Houaetaold Libiaiy of Catholic I'oets.' 320 Biographical Sketches. See Appleton's ary ;" Hart ^''i'KX°of»„^^itea»"«'^**'^ "«"^ "nu^e hep ver«e eeho the semimen" ot he'we ° ' ''" '"" ary, Appleton'a "Ameiican Cyclopffidia.'^itc . etc ^'°8r»P»>*oal Diction^ ed and zealous Catholic Priest ^ ^ ^^^°^ *° *hi8 learn- 8ee.e„J.,sV.Ha„..oo.o,Uterature,...T.eHousoho,dLW^^ was1;;^t;Mir!;un^"'c!vt't^^^^^^ '^^N MADDEN. fh«J"Jjrrie•, Catho- )and now live busi- >d by her orks are h for tile Sftdlier. aax nJ^eSmon^rLl'^JI^J-^^^^^^^^ '' ^'^ J''-- Sadlier. is a See " The Household Librar / of Catholic Poets." practices. Hi, sain^ are madln t?'*'"'' rl°f,"«**"'-«« their beast, his lay CatSSS^ scouSr?; ^ teTl«J\^*'l'^' ""** ^*" • than once he speaks of what he calls ' a huS« M,^'^*'*'" V^^'^ breviated for the convenience of Wv wnS«^ t^^' Pu'-poaely ah- ant that no eccIesiastTc ha^ pow^r ^8^^//; ^^^^ Missal." P **' suppress a single word of the He dieid at Abbotsford in September, 1832 ^*f:*^t°f °^-t^°"''*™'^rket-townofWarVick8hiVe.''^ * doub?.?* stten'^Triti^s^tJSre;: "^^ ^^y^''' •* «-- « °o writings to showThTtlie^Xtafhl'SliT?^^^^^^^ evidence in his %'S^^'?. Z^cr !^y1loYSni;ia^?.^fi? ;: ^-cvclo„«dla;-. Ap- At his request he is sent as a mSonar? to hi n«Tf ' '"■^^*^"^ P^'««*- irhriie"p?rn^^itry£r^^^^^^ in 1595. A worthy discipk of St ill f""^' ^ *? ^^**^ ^* ^y'^"''" of death without a murmu?. ^*- Ig"**^"^- ^e endured the tortures '"AKo„"-f.^ZS^„ ^SpK"'''"'^"'^'^ "«-^b-«' «>' Literature;:' of UgHsh^^arelts" |!e?aA"°' ^^^'^^■™) ^as born in Dublin He wfs a ?oTut ' etayiJt l^'^iZ^t^'^'^r.^fi^''^-^-- associated as editors of the " Bpeotator™ ^ Addison were ''^^litfa^^;i:"''cK^-i^s?.'E^n*cS«d^^ «' E"«"«b psBdIa,'.'etc.,etc. '-"oyciopdeaia. Appleton's " American Oyolo- ~MJ-.^e<*M4au^iu^»„ 222 Biographical Sketches. ;, "'if/^Vf • ""^f ^' (17«3-1824) of On«ar, Essex, England, was a daughter of Isaac Taylor, of Ongar. Her " Hymns for Infant Minds " are very much praised. Bee Hart's "HanrtbookoflinRllBh Literature;" Chambers's " Eiioyclopiedia.' WALSH, RIGHT REV. JOHN, D.D., Bishop or Lon- don, Canada, was born at Mountcoin, Kilkenny, on the 24th of May, 1880. In 1852, he came to Canada, entered the seminary of St Sulpice, Montreal, where he completed his theological studies, and on the Ist of November, ISSi, was ordained priest by Bishop De Char- bonnel. After donig excellent missionary work in Brock, and gaining the admiration of his flock as pastor of St. Mary's, Toronto Father Walsh was consecrated Bishop of Sandwich, November 10th 1867 and was translated to the See of London, October .Srd, 1869 '• He has the reputation among the clergy," says N. F. Davin, "of being a souna and deeply read theologian, well versed in Scripture and canon law. He is, it is said, an eloquent preacher, and well read in general literature. Amiable, charitable, and polished in manners he possesses much force and decision of character." ' See N. F. Davin's " Irishman in Canada." T .^^J^PS'^9"f /RANCIS, Master of Arts, Professor of Latin, Greek, and Lnglish Literature, is a frequent contributor to the Catholic weeklies of Canada and the United States. He is a native of Ireland, WRIGHT, ELIZUR, was born in Canaan, Litchfield County Oonneotiout, Feb. 12th, 1804. He has published a translation in verse of La Fontaine's " Fables." See " Biographical Sketch "in the last edition of his translation of La Fon- ••A^^ri;L*CyclW«d^^^^^^^ "Biographical Dictionary;" Appleto.?. ^Ipr^jJSv? wilMMi#in>'lti»!.'VI